165
THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD. PLANNING DEVELOPMENT & TECHNOLOGY DIVISION RELIABILITY & H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56/28/28 MVA POWER TRANSFORMER . Filling instructions: 1. Fill in all the required data in the intended fields. 2. After filling completion, save the Excel document using the format name "SR-150_Your Company’s name_version num" (for example “SR150_IECo_ver1”) 3. For additional instructions/support, refer to sub-clause 9.1 of this Specification or contact: [email protected] . Copyright ©. All Rights Reserved. No part of this Specification may be reproduced, stored in retrieval system, or transmitted , in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise or used for purposes other than participation in this tender, without the prior written permission of RELIABILITY & H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT, The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. . SEPTEMBER 2017 Publication Team Signature Date Prepared B.Kristek 11/9/17 Checked M. Cheausu 11/9/17 Dr. H. Ben-Haim 12/9/17 Approved B. Reshef 24/10/17

SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD. PLANNING DEVELOPMENT & TECHNOLOGY DIVISION

RELIABILITY & H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT

SPECIFICATION

SR-150

FOR

161/13.8/13.8 kV,

56/28/28 MVA

POWER TRANSFORMER

.

Filling instructions:

1. Fill in all the required data in the intended fields. 2. After filling completion, save the Excel document using the format name

"SR-150_Your Company’s name_version num" (for example “SR150_IECo_ver1”) 3. For additional instructions/support, refer to sub-clause 9.1 of this

Specification or contact: [email protected] .

Copyright ©. All Rights Reserved. No part of this Specification may be reproduced, stored in retrieval system,

or transmitted , in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise

or used for purposes other than participation in this tender, without the prior written permission of

RELIABILITY & H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT, The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. .

SEPTEMBER 2017

Publication Team Signature Date

Prepared B.Kristek

11/9/17

Checked

M. Cheausu

11/9/17

Dr. H. Ben-Haim

12/9/17

Approved B. Reshef

24/10/17

Page 2: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 3

CHAPTER 4

CHAPTER 5

CHAPTER 6

CHAPTER 7

CHAPTER 8

CHAPTER 9

CHAPTER 10

CHAPTER 11

CHAPTER 12

CHAPTER 13

CHAPTER 14

CHAPTER 15

CHAPTER 16

CHAPTER 17

Table of Contents:

PURCHASER

NAME OF ITEM

LOCATION OF ITEM

SCOPE

TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY

QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL

POWER TRANSFORMER 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56/28/28 MVAANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA

NAMEPLATE & MARKING

NOTES

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

APPENDICES & DRAWINGS

STANDARDS & CODES

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

TESTS & INSPECTIONS

PACKING & DELIVERY

STORAGE AND HANDLING

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 1

Page 3: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

1

1.1

2

2.1

3

3.1

4

4.1

4.1.1

4.2

4.2.1

4.2.2

4.2.3

4.2.4

4.2.5

4.2.6

5

5.1

6

6.1

6.2

The transformer shall be delivered tested in the factory according to the requirements in paragraph Tests (clause 11) and equipped with all

accessories, as specified under paragraph "Design and Construction" (clause 10.5.1.1).

PURCHASER

NAME OF ITEM

LOCATION OF ITEM

SCOPE

SCOPE OF SUPPLY

ITEM 1: 3-PHASE, 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56/28/28 MVA, OIL-IMMERSED POWER TRANSFORMER

ITEM 2: WHEELS ASSEMBLY

ITEM 3: RECOMMENDED SPECIAL MAINTENANCE TOOLS

The supplier's structure, policy and procedures shall be according to APPENDIX 9 (Subclauses 2.1 and 2.2 in APPENDIX 9 are compulsory requirements) .s

Any equipment provided for Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. or use for software/hardware maintenance actions shall be according to

APPENDIX 9

The 56 MVA Transformer HV line terminals shall be connected to 161kV Transmission Grid and LV line terminals to 13.8 kV Distribution

Grid.

TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION Ltd.

POWER TRANSFORMER FOR 161 kV SYSTEM

161/13.8 kV SUBSTATIONS

Design, develop, manufacture, test, preserve, pack for overseas shipment and transport to an agreed-upon destination a 3-phase,

161/13.8/13.8kV, 56/28/28MVA, step-down, oil-immersed Power Transformer, in accordance with this Specification as detailed hereunder.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

ITEM 4: RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS.

ITEM 5: COMPLIANCE FOR DATA SECURITY

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 2

Page 4: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

7

7.1

7.1.1

7.1.2

7.1.3

7.1.4

7.1.5

7.1.6

7.1.7

7.1.8

7.1.9

7.1.10

7.1.11

7.1.12

7.1.13

7.2

7.2.1

7.2.2

7.2.3

7.2.4

7.2.4.1

7.2.5

7.2.6

7.2.7

Certification Body (CB) – An independent external body authorized to confirm that tended/supplier's Management System conforms with the

requirements specified in the standard, by issuing a certificate. The Certification Body should be qualified to certify by an Accreditation Body.

The tender/supplier shall have a Quality Management System (QMS) having a certificate evidencing compliance with the requirements of

the valid revision of ISO 9001 or any other Management System standard specifically indicating that it implements the requirements of ISO

9001 Which are valid on the date that specified for submission of the proposal.

The scope of activities indicated in the certificate of the QMS, shall specifically cover the scope of work required by the tender/spec. (i.e.

power transformer design, testing and manufacturing).

Further to the Contractor's QMS certification by any certification body, the Purchaser shall have the right to audit and comment about its

QMS.

The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that his subcontractor’s Quality Assurance/Quality Control Programs, including their

organizations, procedures, personnel qualification etc., are approved and are consistent with the specific requirements imposed by the

Purchaser in the Specification.

It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that its subcontractors and supplier's QMS and scope of supply meet Purchaser's quality

requirements as imposed by the Purchaser in the Specification.

GENERAL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS OFFERED

Accreditation Body (AB) – An independent body, being a member of the International Accreditation Forum Multilateral Arrangement – IAF

MLA, having authority to formally approve the competence of a CB providing certification services.

The quality control requirements shall be according to APPENDIX 5

The selection of Contractor's subcontractors (for the contract) shall be subjected to Purchaser's approval.

The Purchaser shall have the right to audit and comment on Contractor’s Quality Assurance System regardless of whether it was previously

audited by a certifying agency or any other body.

QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL

GENERAL DEFINITIONS

List of all subcontractors or subsuppliers, including name, address and status of their QMS (Quality

Management System) certification.(e.g. ISO 9001:2008, AS 9100,TL 90001, ISO/TS 16949, etc.)

The offered type of power transformer shall be a proven design (not a prototype) with high experience in

work.(Manufacturer declaration)

The certificate shall be valid for the scope of activities requested in the request for proposal.

Approval of conformance with the ISO 9001 requirements, as indicated in clause 7.2.3 above, shall be in a form of a certificate issued by a

Certification Body (CB) which is a qualified by an Accreditation Body [(AB), see 7.1.2 )].

The certificate should bare the logo of the CB and of its Accreditation Body and/or the logo of the IAF MLA.

The certificate shall be valid on the date set for submission of the proposal.

Any equipment non-conformance to drawings, Specification or other purchase order requirements shall be

solved according to the terms and requirement included in APPENDIX 12

All materials used in the manufacture of the equipment shall conform to the Specification, approved

drawings and accepted Standards

The generation of certificates, including those generated by Subcontractors and Sub-suppliers, shall bear

no extra cost to Purchaser.

Test and Inspection certificates as required in this Specification and the applicable Standards, shall be

submitted immediately following their generation. The certificates shall be original, signed by Contractor and

contain actual measured values.

A mutually agreed Inspection Plan, including witness and hold points, shall be agreed between Purchaser

and Contractor. Any subsequent alternation to his program shall require the Purchaser’s agreement, prior to

start to any work affected by these alternations.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 3

Page 5: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

7.3

7.3.1

8

8.1

8.1.1

8.1.2

8.1.3

8.1.4

8.1.5

8.1.6

8.1.7

8.1.8

8.1.9

8.1.10

8.1.11

8.1.12

8.1.13

8.1.14

8.1.15

8.1.16

8.1.17

8.1.18

8.1.19

8.1.20

8.1.21

8.1.22

8.1.23

8.1.24

8.1.25

8.1.26

8.1.27

8.1.28

8.1.29

IEC 60815-3/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions :Polymer insulators for a.c. systems.

IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions.

IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions :Definitions, information and general principles.

IEC 61850/2015: Communication networks and systems in substations.

IEC 60085/2007: Electrical insulation - Thermal evaluation and designation.

IEC 60214/2014: On-load tap-changers.

IEC 60255-26/2013: Electrical disturbance tests for measuring relays and protection equipment.

INTERCHANGEABILITY

STANDARDS & CODES

IEC 60076-10/2016: Determination of sound levels.

IEC 60076-4/2002: Guide to the lightning impulse and switching impulse testing - Power transformers and reactors.

Unless otherwise specified, all equipment shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of the latest

relevant published Recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), as amended up to date. All aspects, tests,

etc. not covered by IEC Recommendations shall be executed according to the latest published issue of official or otherwise approved

standards of Manufacturer's country. All relevant standards shall be stated by Contractor. In case the requirements in this Specification

differ from those in IEC Publications in any respect, the equipment shall conform to requirements in this Specification concerning that Item.

The following standards are applicable in the relevant parts to the individual components of the transformer:

IEC 60076-1/2011: Power Transformer part-1: General

IEC 60076-2/2011: Power Transformer Part-2: Temperature rise for liquid immersed oil transformers.

IEC 60076-5/2006: Ability to withstand short circuit.

IEC 60076-7/2005: Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers.

IEC 60815-2/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions :Ceramic and glass insulators for a.c. systems.

IEC 60554/2001: Specification for cellulosic papers for electrical purposes.

IEC 60567/2011: Oil-filled electrical equipment – Sampling of gases and analysis of free and dissolved gases - Guidance.

IEC 60641/2008: Pressboard and presspaper for electrical purposes.

IEC 60851/2013: Winding wires-Tests methods.

IEC 60076-3/2013: Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external clearances in air.

All transformer components of the same functional type and rating shall be respectively interchangeable both electrically and mechanically

and when so interchanged shall perform their function equally well in every respect. All dismountable parts, of the same functional type and

rating, shall be also interchangeable for all transformer components and, when so interchanged, shall perform their function equally well in

every respect.

IEC 61083-2/2013: Instruments and software used for measurement in high-voltage impulse tests : Requirements for software for tests with

impulse voltages and currents.

IEC 61869-2/2012: Instrument transformers: Additional requirements for Current transformers.

IEC 61181/2012: Mineral oil-filled electrical equipment

Application of dissolved gas analysis (DGA) to factory tests on electrical equipment.

IEC 61439/2014: Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies.

IEC 60296/2012: Specification for unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and switchgear.

IEC 60317/2013: Specifications for particular types of winding wires - Enameled round and rectangular copper wire.

IEC 60404-8-7/2008: Specifications for individual materials - Cold-rolled grain-oriented electrical steel strip and sheet delivered in the fully-

processed state.

IEC 60529/2013: Degrees of protection provided by enclosures. (IP code)

IEC 61083-1/2001: Instruments and software used for measurement in high-voltage impulse tests : Requirements for instruments.

IEC 60137/2008: Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 4

Page 6: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

8.1.30

8.1.31

8.1.32

8.1.33

8.1.34

8.1.35

8.1.36

8.1.37

8.1.38

8.1.39

8.1.40

8.1.41

8.1.42

8.1.43

8.1.44

8.1.45

8.1.46

8.1.47

8.1.48

8.1.49

8.1.50

8.1.51

8.1.52

8.1.53

8.1.54

8.1.55

8.2

8.3

ASTM D 3455/2011: Standard Test Methods for Compatibility of Construction Material with Electrical Insulating Oil of Petroleum Origin.

IEC 60071-2/1996: Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guide.

ISO 4871:2009: Acoustics - Declaration and verification of noise emission values of machinery and equipment

IEEE Std C57.93-2007: Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers.

ISO/IEC 17025/2006: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.

IEC 62155/2003: Tests on hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment.

SSPC-PA 1/2004: Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.

DIN EN ISO 2409/2007: Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test.

DIN EN ISO 12944-2/1998: Paints and varnishes -

Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems: Classification of environments.

ASTM D 520-00/2011: Standard specification for Zinc Dust Pigment.

For the purpose of this Specification, the definitions listed in IEC 60050 (IEV) and other IEC standards have been used.

ASTM B 579-73/2009: Standard specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Tin-Lead Alloy. (Solder Plate)

API STD 650-2011: Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage.

ASTM A 153M-2009: Standard specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

ASTM B 580-79/2009: Standard specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on Aluminum.

ASTM A876/2012: Standard specification for Flat-Rolled, Grain-Oriented, Silicon-Iron, Electrical Steel, Fully Processed Types.

IEEE Std 693-2005: Recommended Practice for Seismic Design for Substations.

ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00-2010: General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers.

IEEE Std. C57.109-2008: Guide for Liquid-Immersed Transformer Through-Fault-Current Duration.

IEEE Std C57.12.90-2015: Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers.

ISO 14025:2006: Environmental labels and declarations - Type III environmental declarations - Principles and procedures.

BS EN 10025-2004: Hot rolled products of structural steels.

ASTM F 1135-99/2004: Standard specification for Cadmium or Zinc Chromate Organic Corrosion Protective Coating for Fasteners.

If after issuing of the current Specification some of the mentioned standards are updated, amended, withdrawn or superseded with other

ones, the impact of these changes on the Specification and on the final product will be subjected to discussion between the Manufacturer

and the Purchaser.

DIN EN 50216-4:2015 Power transformer and reactor fittings. Basic accessories (earthing terminal, drain and filling devices, thermometer

pocket, wheel assembly)

ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems (valid on the date specified for submission of the proposal).

IEC 61000-5-7: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Degrees of protection provided by enclosures against electromagnetic disturb.

ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems Requirements or any other Management System standard specifically indicating that it implements

the requirements of ISO 9001, valid on the date specified for submission of the proposal

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 5

Page 7: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9

9.1

9.1.1

9.1.2

9.1.3

9.1.4

9.1.4.1

9.1.4.2

9.1.5

9.1.6

9.1.7

9.1.8

9.1.9

9.1.10

9.1.11

9.1.12

9.1.12.1

9.1.12.2

9.1.12.2.1

9.1.12.3

9.1.12.4

Microsoft Office – Excel file type: This is a protected file that allows data input only in designated areas.

Adobe Reader – PDF file type: These are protected files; some of them allow data input only in designated areas.

Files sent by the Bidder shall comply with cyber security requirements.

The Bidder is requested to fill-in the offered data in the Specification (".xls") format file and in the attached (".pdf") Form published by I.E.Co.

Procurement Division. Answers shall be inserted in the questionnaire tables in the free columns of the right hand side. A definite answer

(data, yes or no, or appropriate comments) shall be given to all the requirements. Any supplementary data relevant to the evaluation shall be

well referenced to be taken into account.

The Specification includes files of the following types:

One (1) electronic, (*.pdf) computer file(s) on a mass-storage device

The Specification is sent without any automated process / MACRO's and shall be returned in the same format without any automated

process / MACRO's.

Filled-in files shall be in the same format as they were sent

Missing of answer/information/comment in Bidder's Proposal will affect negatively its total score.

Bidder’s offered data and parameters as well as definite answers or comments will be evaluated from technical point of view according to

their conformance level. Every evaluated answer will be multiplied by its technical weight by using an expert evaluation computer program.

This document contains proprietary information of Israel Electric Corporation (I.E.Co.) and is to be used for the Project and for the sole

purpose for which it is furnished. The recipient or anyone on its behalf shall not be entitled to use the document, or any part thereof, for any

other purpose without the prior written approval of I.E.Co. The recipient shall keep this document in strict confidence and shall not transfer,

disclose or divulge it to any other person without the prior written approval of I.E.Co.

I.E.Co. is the sole owner of all intellectual property rights associated with this document and any future work product thereof.

All data and descriptive material shall be in English or Hebrew.

Bidder's Proposal containing the filled-in Specification (".xls") format file, as well as all documents intended to complete the Bid, shall be

submitted as required in Tender documents, at Proposal submission term, in two different formats:

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

GENERAL

One (1) hard-copy, the printed files (of the documentation) sent according to subclause 9.1.4.1

In relevant clauses, offered "equivalent" equipment:

- Shall be exactly indicated (Manufacturer, type, etc.)

- Needs to be approved by I.E.Co.

- Will be evaluated by comparison to Specification relevant requirements.

The technical weight of relevant subclauses is stated in the Evaluation Criteria document, which is attached to Tender documents and is

identical for every Bidder.

The Bidder's proposal will be disqualified, whether his answer on any clause marked by the symbol ©, will not comply with the I.E.Co.

Specification requirement.

Furthermore I.E.Co. keeps the right to disqualify the Bidder's proposal which will not meet other technical requirements of this specification.

In case that Bidder has to comment/ to clarify/ to adapt any of the clauses of this Specification, he has to do it either on the right free

"OFFERED" columns or chapters 15 and 16 of this Specification.

I.E.Co. keeps the right to demand any clarification and/or technical documentation to demonstrate any answer. In case of unclear or missing

answer/information, I.E.Co. will complete the information according to its understanding / worst case.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 6

Page 8: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.2

9.2.1

9.2.1.1

9.2.1.2

9.2.1.3

9.2.1.4

9.2.2

9.2.3

9.2.4

9.2.5

9.2.6

9.2.7

9.2.8

9.2.9

9.2.10

9.2.11

9.2.12

9.2.13

9.2.14

9.2.15

9.2.16

9.2.17

9.2.17.1

9.2.17.2

9.2.17.2.1

9.2.17.2.2

9.2.17.2.3

9.2.17.2.4

9.2.17.2.4.1

9.2.17.2.4.2

9.2.17.2.4.3

9.2.17.2.4.4

9.2.17.2.4.5

9.2.17.2.5

9.2.17.2.6

Drawings and technical data of Voltage Regulator.

External view, on transformer side on which manholes are located, showing all external accessories near

the manholes.

Description of oil preservation system.

Technical data of oil and oil test report.

General information and drawings of the cooling equipment. Description of temperature actuating relays.

Temperature at which cooling equipment starts and range of adjustment, power and control voltage supply

diagram, automatic control diagram.

Attach document

Complete description of coolers and fans including metal coating, painting and test reports.

Transformer layout drawing indicating general dimensions.

Attach document

Outside conservator.

Inside radiators.

General data:

Contractor’s name and address

Cross-section drawing of transformer core, showing the selector switch and manholes with approximate

dimensions.

Attach document

Inside conservator.

Attach document

Outside Transformer tank.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Other coated components (if any)

Attach document

Coating application system selected for the different parts/areas of the transformer, as follows:

Attach document

Attach document

Pipe system.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION ATTACHED TO PROPOSAL

Software specifications for all accessories.(where applicable)

Description, technical data and catalogue of transformer monitoring system.

Description of arrangement of windings and core.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Contractor’s Proposal number

Attach document

Manufacture’s name and address

Attach document

Environmental conditions (humidity / temperature etc.), during coating application.

Information about the Transformer coating as follows:

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Outside radiators.

Attach document

Inside Transformer tank and tank cover.

Transformer control box coating application system (according to table 2.1, APPENDIX 7) :

Transformer type (nominate main features)

Cross-section of core window with windings, indicating clearances between windings of the same phase,

between windings of different phases to core etc.

Attach document

Attach document

Outside tank cover.

OFFERED

Attach document

Other components.

Description, technical data and catalogue of On-Load Tap-Changer.

Drawing and description of transformer tank air-drain system.

A complete schedule of transformer parts delivery.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 7

Page 9: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.2.18

9.2.19

9.2.20

9.2.21

9.2.22

9.2.23

9.2.24

9.2.25

9.2.26

9.2.27

9.2.27.1

9.2.28

9.2.29

9.2.30

9.2.31

9.2.32

9.2.32.1

9.2.32.2

9.2.33

9.2.34

Drawing of Transformer nameplate.

Example of routine test report for the offered transformer type.

Short-circuit test reports for similar supplied transformers.

Attach document

Attach document

Prolonged storage (2-3 years) before installation, taking into account the specific conditions under clause

10.1.2 .

Attach document

Main accessories (OLTC, bushings, radiators, CT’s) type test reports

Attach document

Drawings of Transformer anchoring for anti-seismic purposes.

Description, cross-section, wiring diagram and drawings of bushing CT’s.

Example of factory test report.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

List of accessories and fittings with short description, technical data and catalogues.

Description and drawing of transformer control box and list of all measuring, control and protection relaying

equipment included.

Attach document

Transport on roads and on-site

Type test report (authority, number and date) for the offered transformer type.

Drawings and technical data for each type of transformer bushing.

Attach document

Description of protection devices and their connection diagram.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

List of items to be separately shipped Attach document

Attach document

Reference list for the last five (5) years

The type tests shall be performed by a neutral certified laboratory accredited to ISO/IEC 17025-2006 by an

Accreditation Body.

Attach document

Attach document

Manufacturer’s requirements for:

Attach document

Manufacturer is requested to fill in the enclosed APPENDIX 2 "Reliability, Maintainability, Safety (RMS)”

based on relevant information from users. Manufacturer shall describe the system of relevant data

collection from users

Description of oil-leak test performance. Attach document

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 8

Page 10: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.2.35

9.2.36

9.2.37

9.2.37.1

9.2.37.2

9.2.37.3

9.2.38

9.2.39

9.2.40

9.2.41

9.2.42

9.2.43

9.2.44

9.2.45

9.2.46

9.2.47

9.2.48

9.2.49

9.2.50

9.2.51

9.2.52

9.2.53

9.2.54

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) declaration. Attach document

Sustainability Report Assurance (SRA).

Subcontractor’s qualification Procedure.

Non-conformance and corrective action procedures.

Attach document

Acceptance test procedures for materials and subsystems.

Quality control plan .

A list of all parts which could wear out after 5, 10, and 20 years of Transformer operation.

Attach document

A copy of Contractor's Quality Manual and specific QMS (Quality Management System) Procedures.

Attach document

List of recommended special tools and instruments necessary for assembling and disassembling of the

transformer.

Manufacturer's designation.

Attach document

Other information.

Inspection and test procedures.

Type

List of qualified suppliers of Transformer main parts and components.

Attach document

A list of necessary accessories for lifting.

A valid certification to ISO 9001:2008 granted by a CB as indicated in clause 7.1 .

A list of optional items.

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Design Control Procedures.

A preliminary Inspection and Test Plan. (I&T Plan) Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

A list of recommended spare parts with details as follows:

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

Manufacturer

Attach document

Attach document

Attach document

An environmental product declaration (EPD) approved and certified by an accredited certification body (CB).

A certificate attesting to the fact that the Manufacturer maintains and environmental management system

that fully complies with ISO 14001 international standard,.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 9

Page 11: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.3

9.3.1

9.3.2

9.3.3

9.3.4

9.3.4.1

9.3.4.2

9.3.4.3

9.3.4.4

9.3.4.5

9.3.4.6

9.3.4.6.1

9.3.4.6.2

9.3.4.6.3

9.3.4.6.4

9.3.4.6.5

9.3.4.6.6

9.3.4.6.7

9.3.4.7

9.3.4.8

9.3.4.9

9.3.4.10

9.3.4.11

9.3.4.12

9.3.4.13

9.3.4.14

9.3.4.15

9.3.4.16

9.3.4.17

9.3.4.18

9.3.4.19

9.3.4.20

Details of anchorage forces acting on the concrete beams during an earthquake regime acording to

Drawing No. 7 .

Detailed information of transformer tank. Including material, welding procedures, water and oil tightness,

probe pockets etc.

Purchaser reserves the right to require additional necessary data, descriptions, drawings, etc. that may

contribute in completing information supplied about the transformer.

Number of beams

In case of Purchaser's remarks, changes or additional requirements regarding the submitted

documentation, Contractor shall make adequate corrections and shall resubmit required copies of the

updated documents.

The submitted technical documentation shall cover the following information:

Transformer oil certificate.

OFFERED

Drawings of transformer base shall include the following information:

Arrangement and size of Transformer base members

Not later than one (1) month after notification of award, Contractor shall submit to Purchaser for approval

one (1) electronic (*.pdf format) and three (3) complete sets of prints of drawings and transformer technical

documentation.

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION TO DELIVER AFTER AWARD NOTIFICATION

Center line distance between beams.

Drawings and tests reports of OLTC.

Schematic wiring of cooling equipment.

Connection diagrams of protection devices.

Drawings of Transformer complete with all accessories, including all necessary details for mounting,: fixing

holes, weight, major dimensions, permissible static and dynamic forces.

Nameplate.

Load on each bearing member

Center of gravity of loads

Size and location of earthing connectors for transformer and control box.

Voltage regulation system.

General dimensions and wiring diagram of Transformer control box.

HV and LV connection schemes.

Cross-section of the completely assembled transformer.

Location of jacking points

Width and length of each bearing member

Details of skid base and wheels, provisions for anchoring the transformer after it’s installation, coolers,

bushing terminals, anti-seismic provisions etc.

A list of all gaskets and sealing rings including location, dimensions, number of catalogue, resilience

properties and duration of conservation in storage without loss of qualities.

Drawings and test reports of bushings and bushing insulators.

Painting procedures including: surface preparation procedures, application procedures, materials (paints

and metal coating), technical data sheets, details about protecting of problematic places (special thickness,

strip coats), quality control procedures.

Final list of all subcontractors and subsuppliers including name, address and a copy of their Quality

Assurance certificates.

Wiring diagrams of all accessory equipment supplied with the transformer, including connections to OLTC

and software specifications.

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 10

Page 12: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.3.4.21

9.3.4.22

9.3.4.23

9.3.4.23.1

9.3.4.23.1.1

9.3.4.23.1.2

9.3.4.23.1.3

9.3.4.23.2

9.3.4.23.3

9.3.4.23.3.1

9.3.4.23.3.2

9.3.4.23.3.3

9.3.4.23.4

9.3.4.24

9.3.4.25

9.3.4.26

9.3.4.26.1

9.3.4.26.2

9.3.4.26.3

9.3.4.26.4

9.3.4.26.5

9.3.4.26.6

9.3.4.26.7

9.3.4.26.8

9.3.4.26.9

9.3.4.26.10

9.3.4.26.11

9.3.4.26.11.1

9.3.4.26.11.2

9.3.4.26.11.3

9.3.4.26.11.4

9.3.4.26.11.5

9.3.4.26.11.6

Equivalent capacitance of each winding terminal to ground.

Commissioning and site testing.

Operation and loading guide.

Maintenance schedule.

Assembly on-site.

Instruction manuals, technical directives, drawings and any other relevant descriptive materials containing

all information required for the mounting, commissioning, operation, maintenance, periodic checking,

testing and repairing of the transformer.

Technical data for all the supplied equipment.

Paper of HV winding (kg/type)

Paper of LV winding (kg/type)

Paper of leads (kg/type)

Series capacitance of each winding.

The air-core inductance for 2 pu to 2.5 pu. (computed from HV side and LV side)

Complete instruction books as may be required for Transformer installation, operation and maintainance,

one (1) electronic and one (1) printed copy.

Instruction books shall include necessary technical information and drawings for:

Requirements for prolonged Transformer and Spare Parts storage

A Design Review according to APPENDIX 13

Overhauls, repairs.

Software specifications for all accessories.

Transformer capacitive scheme (computed for earthed core case), including:

Dismantling.

Recommended detailed procedures for periodic testing.

Represented as the peak values of the voltage (or magnetic flux) vs no-load peak current.

Measured up to 1.2 pu and extrapolated up to 2.5 pu of the magnetic flux.

Any additional information considered necessary for clarifying various aspects of Transformer performance,

operation, maintenance, etc.

For transformer models development purposes used in transient overvoltages and overcurrents calculation

of switching operations, the following data shall be provided:

Magnetizing curve of the assembled magnetic core (for the closest winding to the core) in the following

conditions:

Core power losses dependence on peak value of the voltage.(in uniform scale representation)

Flux density at rated voltage and the saturation flux density

Capacitance between each pair of windings.

Weight and type of insulation, for DGA evaluation purposes:

Press-board (kg/type)

Side plates (kg/type)

Core plates (kg/type)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 11

Page 13: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

9.3.4.27

9.3.4.28

9.3.4.28.1

9.3.4.28.2

9.3.4.28.3

9.3.4.28.4

9.3.4.28.5

9.3.4.28.6

9.3.4.28.7

9.3.4.28.8

9.3.4.29

9.3.4.30

9.3.5

9.3.5.1

9.3.5.2

9.3.5.2.1

9.3.5.2.2

9.3.5.3

9.3.6

9.3.7

9.3.8

9.3.8.1

9.3.8.2

9.3.8.3

9.3.8.4

9.3.8.5

"For Information": Design Control Procedures (as applicable)

Manufacturer's Quality Assurance manual

All documents and drawings shall be provided with:

Not later than two (2) months after the approval of documents is completed, Contractor shall submit to

Purchaser one (1) electronic (*.pdf format) and three (3) printed copies of transformer drawings and

instruction books.

All descriptive materials (lists, instruction books, etc.) shall be numbered and dated for easy identification

and reference purposes.

All data and descriptive material in the above drawings and instruction books shall be in English or Hebrew.

All dimensions shall be shown in metric units.

"SR-150" Specification number

A list of all bolts used, including dimensions, number of catalogue, material, type of thread, maximum

fastening.torque.

Purchaser's name

Instructions for the disassembly and end of life procedures for different components of the equipment

(composition, weight, toxicity etc.)

Manufacturer's Quality Control documentation, as follows

The above list shall necessarily include:

Transformer Unit number

Quality Control Procedures.

Supplier's order number

Purchaser's order number

One Transformer monitoring system

One full set of gaskets

A complete list of spare parts, including ordering information.

One LV (13.8 kV) transformer bushing

Inspection and Test Plan

One radiator

One Buchholtz Relay

One fan

One core earthing bushing

One HV (161 kV) transformer bushing

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 12

Page 14: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10

10.1

10.1.1 System Data

10.1.1.1 Rated system voltage (kV)

10.1.1.2 Highest system voltage (kV)

10.1.1.3 Symmetrical short-circuit current (kA)

10.1.1.4 System neutral grounding method

10.1.1.5 Fault duration (s)

10.1.1.6 Earth fault factor

10.1.1.7 Rated frequency (Hz)

10.1.1.8 Range of frequency variation (Hz)

10.1.1.9 Transmission / distribution system line autoreclosing policy

10.1.1.10

Transformer normal operating scheme will allow parallel operation of maximum

three secondary windings of 56 MVA transformers or parallel operation of one 56

MVA transformer with the secondary winding of 25 MVA transformer (vector

group YN yn6 d, Usc=14.5%).

10.1.1.11 Ratio of zero-sequence to positive-sequence impedance

10.1.2 Service conditions

10.1.2.1 Climatic conditions

10.1.2.1.1Dry period of nearly 8-9 months and more than 100 dangerous wetting events a

year.

10.1.2.1.2 Ambient air temperature:

10.1.2.1.2.1 Maximum (°C)

10.1.2.1.2.2 Minimum (°C)

10.1.2.1.2.3 Monthly average of the hottest month (°C)

10.1.2.1.2.4 Yearly average (°C)

10.1.2.1.3 Humidity:

10.1.2.1.3.1 Low relative/absolute humidity (%//g/m^3)

10.1.2.1.3.2 High relative/absolute humidity (%//g/m^3)

10.1.2.1.4 Rain intensity (mm/min)

10.1.2.1.5 Low/High air pressure (kPa)

10.1.2.1.6 Solar radiation: Heating effects of solar radiation (W/m^2)

10.1.2.1.7

Maximum wind velocity measured 10 m (33ft) above ground (unobstructed or

bare area) at 3 sec duration (considering a 50 years mean recurrence period)

(m/sec)

10.1.2.2 Environmental conditions

10.1.2.2.1 Environmental parameters according to

10.1.2.2.2 Severe atmospheric and industrial air pollution, dust, salt spray, sand storms

10.1.2.2.3 Permissible altitude over the sea level up to (m)

10.1.2.2.4Water from sources other than rain: Spraying water and water jets with water

velocity (m/sec)

50.5-47.2

13.8

IEC 60721/3-4

84/106

100/27

27

1.85

OFFERED

HV

15

22

161

1120

44

15

13.2

170

50

+50

REQUIRED

4/0.9

1.3

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

Solid / Resistor Grounding

LV

1000

16

Solid Grounding

-5

2

1

Single-phase one shot Three-phase two shots

1

50

50

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS & SERVICE CONDITIONS

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 13

Page 15: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.1.2.2.5 Chemically active substances according to IEC specifications

10.1.2.2.6 Mechanically active substances according to IEC specifications

10.1.2.2.6.1 Sand (mg/m^3)

10.1.2.2.6.2 Dust (suspension) (mg/m^3)

10.1.2.2.6.3 Dust (sedimentation) rate (mg/m^2.h)

10.1.2.2.7 Insulator's Pollution levels according to:

10.1.2.2.7.1 Environmental type of pollution

10.1.2.2.7.2 Site pollution severity (SPS) class

10.1.2.2.7.3 Non Soluble Deposit Density (NSDD) (mg/cm^2)

10.1.2.2.7.4 Equivalent Salt Deposit Density (ESDD) (mg/cm^2)

10.1.2.3 Seismic qualification level

10.1.2.3.1The seismic design of the transformer installed on its foundation shall be based

on the seismic qualification requirements stated in

10.1.2.3.2 The required seismic qualification level for transformer shall be

10.1.2.4 Electromagnetic Environment

10.1.2.4.1Electronic devices delivered with the transformer shall withstand electromagnetic

environment with the following maximum severity levels

10.1.2.4.1.1 Severity level for electrostatic discharge (kV)

10.1.2.4.1.2 Severity level for radio frequency interference (V/m)

10.1.2.4.1.3 Severity level for electrical 1 MHz burst disturbance (kV)

10.1.2.4.1.4 Severity level for fast transients according to (kV)

10.1.2.5 Geomagnetic qualification

10.1.2.5.1

Indicate the time duration, the power transformer is able to withstand the

temperature rise caused by a 50 Amps DC current passing through its neutral

point, as a result of Geomagnetic Disturbance (GMD) or Electromagnetic pulse

(EMP). (min)

10.1.2.6 Acceleration during transport

10.1.2.6.1The expected accelerations on the equipment transported on roads and crane

lifting and removal, to be considered:

10.1.2.6.1.1 Longitudinal (m/sec^2)

10.1.2.6.1.2 Transversal (m/sec^2)

10.1.2.6.1.3 Vertical (m/sec^2)

10.1.2.7 Environmental management systems

10.1.2.7.1Manufacturer's Environmental Management System (EMS) shall be accoording

to ISO 14001.

10.1.2.7.2

Manufacturer's Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) shall be approved and

certified by a Certification Body (CB). The calculation will take into consideration

the requirements for EPD acc. to ISO 14025 .

40

IEC 60815-1/2008

Table 5,E6-E7

1000

15

2

e

(very heavy)

Combination of type A

and type B, A prevalent

IEC 60721-3

Table 4 3C4

IEC 60255-26

IEC 60721-3

Table 5 3S4

0.45

2

IEEE Std. 693-2005

3 g

4

10

2.5

2 g

Moderate

2 g

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 14

Page 16: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.2

10.2.1

10.2.2

10.2.3

10.2.4

10.2.5

10.2.6

10.2.7

10.2.7.1

10.3 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

10.3.1 Number of phases

10.3.2 Connection symbol

10.3.3 Rated frequency (Hz)

10.3.4 Rated voltages:

10.3.4.1 High Voltage (HV) winding (kV)

10.3.4.2 Low Voltage (XV) winding (kV)

10.3.4.3 Low Voltage (YV) winding (kV)

10.3.4.4 Tertiary (TV) stabilizing winding(s) (kV)

10.3.5 Coil voltages:

10.3.5.1 HV winding (kV)

10.3.5.2 XV winding (kV)

10.3.5.3 YV winding (kV)

10.3.5.4 TV winding (kV)

10.3.6 The transformer shall be equipped with on-load tap-changer (OLTC)

10.3.6.1 The OLTC shall be installed on HV (161 kV) side

10.3.6.2 HV winding number of taps

10.3.6.2.1 Principal (rated) voltage tap

10.3.6.2.2 Maximum voltage tap (+15%)

10.3.6.2.3 Minimum voltage tap (-15%)

10.3.6.3 Voltage regulation range (%)

10.3.7 Guaranteed rated voltage ratio, at no-load:

10.3.7.1 At principal tap (kV/kV/kV)

10.3.7.2 At maximum tap (+15%) (kV/kV/kV)

10.3.7.3 At minimum tap (-15%) (kV/kV/kV)

REQUIRED

13.8 / √3

14

1

©

Service life expectancy of the equipment and possible performance degradation with time, defined in

quantitative terms

©

50

The Contractor/Manufacturer shall furnish suggested actions to prevent recurrence of component failure

©

RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY (RAM) OFFERED

OFFERED

13.8 / √3

136.85/13.8/13.8

27

The notification shall be in written form and shall specify the nature of the defect, failure, malfunction, or

incompatibility, any ramifications, stemming therefrom and any relevant corrective measures, adopted or

recommended by the Manufacturer.

©

3

161 / √3

©

13.8

The Contractor agreed to participate in an Unreliability Demonstration Procedure as described in

APPENDIX 2

161

The Manufacturer shall notify the Purchaser, without any undue delay, of any defect failure, malfunction or

incompatibility in the equipment, or in similar types of equipment, which shall have appeared, or discovered

in the course of the period, extending from the execution of the Contract of supply until three years after the

expiration of the warranty period, in as much as it affects or may affect the use, performance, qualities,

lifetime, or safety of the equipment.

The Contractor/Manufacturer is requested to submit the filled in APPENDIX 2 "Reliability, Maintainability,

Safety (RMS)”

Contractor/Manufacturer shall submit with the proposal failure statistics for installed power transformers

The Contractor/Manufacturer shall state the minimum guarantee MTBF including confidence level.

Contractor shall indicate the methods by which the MTBF values were determined and shall submit

supporting data

27

185.15/13.8/13.8

©

YN yn6 yn6 dd

13.8

± 15

161/13.8/13.8

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 15

Page 17: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.8Transformer HV neutral shall be brought out through proper neutral bushing and

shall be suitable for operation with:

10.3.8.1 Grounding through surge arrester

10.3.8.2 Solid grounding

10.3.9Transformer XV and YV neutrals shall be brought out through proper neutral

bushings and shall be suitable for operation with:

10.3.9.1 Solid grounding

10.3.9.2 Grounding through grounding resistor (Ω)

10.3.10Ratings of the transformer shall be based on the ambient air temperature stated

on subclause 10.1.2.1.2 and on the following temperature conditions:

10.3.10.1 Average winding temperature rise (by resistance measurement) (K)

10.3.10.2 Top oil temperature rise as measured by thermometer (K)

10.3.10.3 Winding hot-spot temperature rise (K)

10.3.10.4 Design ambient temperature (C), according to:

10.3.11 Type of cooling method

10.3.12 Rated power

10.3.12.1 With ONAF cooling method:

10.3.12.1.1 HV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.1.2 XV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.1.3 YV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.1.4 TV winding(s) (MVA)

10.3.12.1.5 TV windings are not intended to supply present or future load.

10.3.12.2 With ONAN cooling method not less than:

10.3.12.2.1 HV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.2.2 XV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.2.3 YV winding (MVA)

10.3.12.2.4 TV winding(s) (MVA)

10.3.13 Rated currents with ONAF cooling method:

10.3.13.1 HV winding terminal at:

10.3.13.1.1 Principal tap (A)

10.3.13.1.2 Maximum tap (A)

10.3.13.1.3 Minimum tap (A)

10.3.13.2 XV winding (A)

10.3.13.3 YV winding (A)

10.3.13.4 TV windings (A)

10.3.14Thermal time constant (estimated values shall be indicated ,exact values will be

submitted after performing the temperature rise test ) for :

10.3.14.1 Transformer top-oil temperature rise (min.)

10.3.14.2 Transformer average winding temperature rise (min.)

8

16.8

IEC 60076-2 & 7

28

Adequate for stabilizing

©

55

©

73

56

60

33.6

©

IEC 60076-7

subcl. 3.16

16.8

ONAN/ONAF

28

©

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 16

Page 18: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.15 Rated insulation level:

10.3.15.1 Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 µs:

10.3.15.1.1 HV (161 kV) winding terminal (kV peak)

10.3.15.1.2 HV (161 kV) neutral terminal (kV peak)

10.3.15.1.3 LV (13.8 kV) line and neutral terminal (kV peak)

10.3.15.1.4 TV winding(s) (kV peak)

10.3.15.2 Rated 1 min. power frequency withstand voltage:

10.3.15.2.1 HV winding terminal (kV r.m.s.)

10.3.15.2.2 HV neutral terminal (kV r.m.s.)

10.3.15.2.3 LV line and neutral terminal (kV r.m.s.)

10.3.15.2.4 TV winding(s) (kV r.m.s.)

10.3.16

Short-circuit impedances guaranteed (calculated) at rated current and

75°C, measured with TV winding(s) closed. Actual measured values shall

be within tolerances.

10.3.16.1Voltage applied to HV winding with XV or YV winding short-circuited, based on

28 MVA at:

10.3.16.1.1 Principal tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.1.2 Maximum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.1.3 Minimum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.2Voltage applied to HV winding with one TV winding short-circuited, based on TV

winding rated power at:

10.3.16.2.1 Principal tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.2.2 Maximum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.2.3 Minimum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.3Voltage applied to HV winding with XV and YV winding short-circuited, based on

56 MVA at:

10.3.16.3.1 Principal tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.3.2 Maximum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.3.3 Minimum tap (% tolerance%)

10.3.16.4Voltage applied to XV winding with YV winding short-circuited, based on 28 MVA

(% ± tolerance%)

10.3.16.5Voltage applied to XV or YV winding with one TV winding short-circuited, based

on TV winding rated power (% ± tolerance%)

10.3.17Zero-sequence impedances, calculated values. Actual measured values

shall be within tolerances.

10.3.17.1Single-phase voltage applied between short-circuited HV winding line terminals

and its neutral, with XV ,YV and TV windings open-circuited, at:

10.3.17.1.1 Principal tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.1.2 Maximum tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.1.3 Minimum tap (W/phase + tolerance%).

Xo,max±10

16.8 ± 7.5

©

650

UK,min±10

UK,max±10

450

110

©

275

UK±10

34

©

Xo,min±10

UK,min±10

UK,max±10

UK,min±10

UK±10

29.1 ± 10

UK,max±10

UK±10

185

Xo±10

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 17

Page 19: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.17.2Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited HV winding line terminals and its

neutral with XV ,YV windings open-circuited and TV winding(s) closed, at:

10.3.17.2.1 Principal tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.2.2 Maximum tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.2.3 Minimum tap (W/phase + tolerance%).

10.3.17.3Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited XV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV ,YV and TV windings open-circuited (Ω/phase ± tolerance%)

10.3.17.4

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited XV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV and YV windings open-circuited and TV winding(s) closed,

(Ω/phase ± tolerance%)

10.3.17.5

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited HV winding line terminals and its

neutral, with XV winding line terminals short-circuited with its neutral, YV winding

open-circuited and TV winding(s) closed, at:

10.3.17.5.1 Principal tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.5.2 Maximum tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.5.3 Minimum tap (W/phase + tolerance%).

10.3.17.6

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited HV winding line terminals and its

neutral, with XV winding line terminals short-circuited with its neutral, YV winding

line terminals short-circuited with its neutral, TV winding(s) closed, at:

10.3.17.6.1 Principal tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.6.2 Maximum tap (W/phase tolerance%)

10.3.17.6.3 Minimum tap (W/phase + tolerance%).

10.3.17.7

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited XV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV short-circuited line terminals to its neutral, YV winding is open-

circuited and TV winding(s) closed (Ω/phase ± tolerance%)

10.3.17.8

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited XV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV winding short-circuited line terminals to its neutral, YV winding

short-circuited line terminals to its neutral and TV winding(s) closed (Ω/phase ±

tolerance%)

10.3.17.9

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited YV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV short-circuited line terminals to its neutral, XV winding is open

circuited and TV winding(s) closed (Ω/phase ± tolerance%)

10.3.17.10

Single-phase voltage applied to short-circuited YV winding line terminals and its

neutral with HV winding short-circuited line terminals to its neutral, XV winding

short-circuited line terminals to its neutral and TV winding(s) closed, (Ω/phase ±

tolerance%)

10.3.18The difference of the same impedance between any of the supplied transformers

acc. to this Specification, shall not exceed:

10.3.18.1 For positive sequence at principal tap (%)

10.3.18.2 For positive sequence at extreme taps (%)

10.3.18.3 For zero-sequence at principal and extreme taps (%)

10.3.19 Guaranteed magnetizing current at :

10.3.19.1 161 kV (%)

10.3.19.2 170 kV (%)

10.3.20 No-load harmonics at 161 kV

10.3.20.1 3rd

(%)

10.3.20.2 5th (%)

10.3.20.3 7th (%)

Xo,max±10

Xo,min±10

Xo±10

Xo±10

Xo±10

10

Xo±10

Xo±10

Xo±10

7.5

10

Xo±10

Xo,max±10

Xo±10

Xo,min±10

Xo,min±10

Xo,max±10

Xo±10

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 18

Page 20: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.21 No-load harmonics at 170 kV

10.3.21.1 3rd

(%)

10.3.21.2 5th (%)

10.3.21.3 7th (%)

10.3.22 Maximum inrush current with no residual magnetism at 161 kV (pu)

10.3.23Permissible time the transformer can withstand the following power frequency

overvoltages at no-load:

10.3.23.1 135% (s)

10.3.23.2 130% (s)

10.3.23.3 125% (s)

10.3.23.4 120% (min)

10.3.23.5 115% (h)

10.3.23.6 110% (h)

10.3.24Guaranteed voltage drop on HV winding principal tap to LV windings, with TV

winding(s) closed:

10.3.24.1 YV winding unloaded and XV winding on 28 MVA, with:

10.3.24.1.1 Power Factor (PF) = unity (%)

10.3.24.1.2 PF=0.8 (%)

10.3.24.2 YV winding at:

10.3.24.2.1 Power Factor (PF) = unity (%)

10.3.24.2.2 PF=0.8 (%)

10.3.24.3 XV winding unloaded and YV winding on 28 MVA, with:

10.3.24.3.1 PF = unity (%)

10.3.24.3.2 PF=0.8 (%)

10.3.24.4 XV winding at:

10.3.24.4.1 Power Factor (PF) = unity (%)

10.3.24.4.2 PF=0.8 (%)

10.3.24.5 XV and YV windings on 28 MVA, with XV winding at: -

10.3.24.5.1 PF = unity (%) -

10.3.24.5.2 PF=0.8 (%) -

10.3.24.6 XV and YV windings on 28 MVA, with YV winding at: -

10.3.24.6.1 PF = unity (%) -

10.3.24.6.2 PF=0.8 (%) -

10.3.25 Each transformer shall have at least overload capability in accordance with:

10.3.25.1Overload capabilitiy of each transformer with operating conditions as in 10.3.10,

according to:

© IEC 60076-7

IEC 60076-7

XV w. at

PF=1

XV w. at

PF=0.8

YV w. at

PF=0.8

YV w. at

PF=1

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 19

Page 21: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.25.2 Previous continuous loading, related to 56 MVA (K1) 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

10.3.25.3 Permissible overload, related to 56 MVA (K2), for following overloading time:

10.3.25.3.1 0.5 h

10.3.25.3.2 1 h

10.3.25.3.3 4 h

10.3.25.3.4 8 h

10.3.25.3.5 24 h

10.3.25.4All components of the transformer including bushings, bushing CT’s and OLTC

shall shall withstand overload according to subcl. 10.3.25.3 .

10.3.25.5 Parallel operation of XV and YV windings of Transformer shall be possible.

10.3.26 Loss and auxiliary power cost

10.3.26.1Losses and auxiliary power prices/kW, which will be considered in the

commercial evaluation of the proposal:

10.3.26.2 No load (excitation) losses at 161 kV ($/kW)

10.3.26.3 Load (copper) losses at 56 MVA ($/kW)

10.3.26.4 Auxiliary power at 56 MVA will be ($/kW)

10.3.26.5

Load loss evaluation will take in consideration the maximum between three

guaranteed load loss values (three OLTC step positions), as will be submitted in

the following subclause 10.3.27.4

10.3.27 Transformer losses (guaranteed)

10.3.27.1 The tolerances for losses are according to

10.3.27.2Calculated losses values shall be introduced. Final measured values shall be

within tolerances.

Calculated

loss (kW)

Maximum

tolerance

(%) ©

10.3.27.3 No load loss (excitation loss) at:

10.3.27.3.1 50 Hz and 161 kV voltage applied (guaranteed) (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.3.2 50 Hz and 170 kV voltage applied (guaranteed) (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4Load losses guaranteed at 75°C, measured with TV winding(s) closed, in

loading conditions as follows:

10.3.27.4.1Voltage applied to HV winding, with XV winding short-circuited and YV winding

unloaded, based on 28 MVA, at:

10.3.27.4.1.1 Principal tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.1.2 Maximum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.1.3 Minimum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.2Voltage applied to HV winding, with YV winding short-circuited and XV winding

unloaded, based on 28 MVA, at:

10.3.27.4.2.1 Principal tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.2.2 Maximum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.2.3 Minimum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.3Voltage applied to HV winding, with XV and YV windings short-circuited, based

on 56 MVA, at:

10.3.27.4.3.1 Principal tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.3.2 Maximum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.3.3 Minimum tap (kW + tolerance %) 10

10.3.27.4.4Voltage applied to XV winding, with YV winding short-circuited, based on 28 MVA

(kW + tolerance %) 10

IEEE Std C57.12.00

©

6050

1850

©

2800

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 20

Page 22: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.27.5The average tolerance of all supplied transformers in the same order, according

to this specification, shall not exceed:

10.3.27.5.1 For no-load losses (%)

10.3.27.5.2 For load losses on principal tap (%)

10.3.27.5.3 For load losses on maximum tap (%)

10.3.27.5.4 For load losses on minimum tap (%)

10.3.27.6Total loss (guaranteed, excluding auxiliary power) with transformer loading as

follows:

10.3.27.6.1Voltage applied to HV winding with XV winding short-circuited and YV winding

unloaded, based on 28 MVA at:

Calculated

loss (kW)

Maximum

tolerance

(%)

10.3.27.6.1.1 Principal tap +6

10.3.27.6.1.2 Maximum tap +6

10.3.27.6.1.3 Minimum tap +6

10.3.27.6.2Voltage applied to HV winding with XV and YV windings short-circuited, based

on 28 MVA at:

Calculated

loss (kW)

Maximum

tolerance

(%)

10.3.27.6.2.1 Principal tap +6

10.3.27.6.2.2 Maximum tap +6

10.3.27.6.2.3 Minimum tap +6

10.3.27.6.3 Voltage applied to XV winding with YV winding short-circuited, based on 28 MVA : +6

10.3.27.7

In addition, for 2 or more units belonging to the same order, the average

tolerances for no-load and short-circuit losses of all ordered units on maximum,

minimum and principal taps shall not exceed (%)

10.3.27.8Auxiliary power (total power requirements for cooling) required by the

transformer, with loading as follows:

Aux. power

(kW)

Maximum

tolerance

(%)

10.3.27.8.1Voltage applied to HV winding with XV winding short-circuited and YV winding

unloaded, based on 28 MVA:10

10.3.27.8.2Voltage applied to HV winding with XV and YV windings short-circuited, based

on 56 MVA:10

10.3.27.8.3 Voltage applied to XV winding with YV winding short-circuited, based on 28 MVA: 10

10.3.27.9

In case that transformer losses exceed the declared values, I.E.Co reserves the

right to reject the transformer or to accept it with compensation, according to

APPENDIX 11

10.3.28

Transformer efficiency guaranteed value (shall be evaluated in commercial stage

of the tender, not including auxiliary power) with HV winding on principal tap,

PF=0.85 and transformer loading as follows:

10.3.28.1 Rated load (56 MVA) (%)

10.3.28.2 XV loaded with 28 MVA, YV unloaded (%)

10.3.28.3 YV loaded with 28 MVA, XV unloaded (%)

10.3.28.4 XV and YV loaded with 14 MVA each (%)

0 (zero)

0 (zero)

0 (zero)

0 (zero)

0 (zero)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 21

Page 23: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.29 Sound levels

10.3.29.1The guaranteed values of sound pressure level shall be submitted as declared

single-number or declared dual-number in accordance with ISO 4871.

10.3.29.2

Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound pressure level of the transformer

in operation at short-circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated

frequency, with the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling equipment in

operation, at 2.0 m distance from the principal radiating surface [dB(A)]

10.3.29.3

Maximum guaranteed sound power level of the transformer in operation at short-

circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with the OLTC on

the principal tapping and cooling equipment in operation. [dB(A)]

10.3.29.4

Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound pressure level of the transformer

under no-load and excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with the OLTC in

the principal tapping and cooling equipment out of service, at 1 m distance from

the principal radiating surface. [dB(A)]

10.3.29.5

Maximum guaranteed sound power level of the transformer under no-load and

excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with the OLTC in the principal

tapping and cooling equipment out of service. [dB(A)]

10.3.29.6

Maximum guaranteed total sound power level at rated voltage, rated current and

rated frequency, with cooling equipment in operation and the OLTC in the

principal tapping calculated by summarizing the guaranteed values under

subclause 10.3.29.3 and 10.3.29.5, according to:

10.3.29.6.1 shall not exceed [dB(A)]

10.3.29.6.2 Indicate your guaranteed value [dB(A)]

10.3.30 Radio influence voltage (mV)

10.3.31Transformer category, according to IEEE Std.C57.12.00 through fault withstand

capability (acc. to ANSI/IEEE C57.109-1993 (R 2008))

10.3.31.1In case the offered transformer cannot be assign to any category, Manufacturer

is required to submit its through fault protection curve

10.4 PROPERTIES

10.4.1

The overall dimensions of the assembled transformer including radiators,

conservator, bushings with skid base and wheels (see Drawing No.2) shall not

exceed LxWxH (mm/mm/mm)

10.4.2 Maximum transformer total weight (t)

10.4.2.1 Approximate net weight of :

10.4.2.1.1 Core (t)

10.4.2.1.2 Coils (HV/LV) (t/t)

10.4.2.1.3 Cellulose insulation (t)

10.4.2.1.4 Tank (t)

10.4.2.1.5 Radiators (t)

10.4.2.1.6 Fittings (kg)

10.4.2.1.7 Oil (t)

10.4.2.1.8 Transformer untanking (t)

10.4.2.1.9 Heaviest piece to be handled (t)

10.4.2.1.10 Transportation dimensions and weight according to sub-clauses 12.4 and 12.5

OFFERED

IEC 60076-10

85 ©

110 ©

8600x4800x6000 ©

REQUIRED

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 22

Page 24: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

10.5.1 MAGNETIC CIRCUIT

10.5.1.1The core shall be manufactured of high quality cold-rolled, grain oriented, low-

loss, steel lamination, non-aging sheet, according to:

10.5.1.2 Type

10.5.1.3 Manufacturer

10.5.1.4 Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue number

10.5.1.5 Type of sheet

10.5.1.6 Material of sheet

10.5.1.7 Thickness of sheet (mm)

10.5.1.8 The sheets shall be insulated

10.5.1.8.1 Manufacturer and type of insulation of sheets

10.5.1.9 The core shall be provided with cooling ducts

10.5.1.10 Sheets shall be pressed by means of glass tapes and suitable tension screw

10.5.1.11 Construction method of magnetic circuit

10.5.1.12 Indicate if magnetic shunts/screens are required

10.5.1.12.1 Send details

10.5.1.12.2The shunts/screens operating efficiency shall be proved during transformer load-

losses test, by measuring the electric field quantity which is passed through

10.5.1.13

In order to provide an external removable core grounding connection, the

magnetic circuit earthing links shall be brought outside the transformer tank as

follows:

10.5.1.13.1

All the sections of the magnetic core separated by oil channels or electrically

insulated shall be brought outside the transformer tank, each one through a

separate transition bushing.

The transition bushings shall be located in a weatherproof box, protected IP55

and mounted on the tank cover.

Inside this box, all these bushings shall be linked together and the connection

between this link and the earthing point in the lower part of transformer tank shall

be carried out by an insulated copper cable 1×16 mm², rated 1 kV and passed

through an insulated flexible metallic conduit.

The upper end of the flexible metallic conduit shall be grounded to the

weatherproof box.

The earthing connection point located in the lower part of transformer tank shall

be marked by a nameplate located close to the grounding pad.

On the nameplate shall be written “Magnetic Core Grounding Point".

10.5.1.13.2Indicate the number of transition bushings for the magnetic core sections as stated in

subclause 10.5.1.13.1

10.5.1.13.3

The metallic transformer active parts insulated from the tank and insulated

between them, such as core frame, beams, tie plates, braces etc. shall be linked

together by an insulated wire and brought outside the transformer tank through a

separate transition bushing. This bushing shall be located in the same

weatherproof box on the tank cover (see subclause 10.5.1.13.1). The link

between the different part shall be performed in such a manner to avoid loop

forming. The connection between this bushing and the earthing point in the lower

part of transformer tank shall be carried out by an insulated copper cable 1×95

mm², rated 1 kV and passed through the insulated flexible metallic conduit

mentioned in subclause 10.5.1.13.1 . The earthing connection point located in

the lower part of transformer tank shall be marked by a nameplate located close

to the grounding pad. On the nameplate shall be written “Core Clamp Grounding

Point”.

10.5.1.14 Core loss at 1.5T and 50 Hz (W/kg)

ASTM A876 and/or IEC

60404-8-7

REQUIRED OFFERED

step-lapped

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 23

Page 25: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.2 WINDINGS

10.5.2.1 Type of windings (disk, layer, interleaved) for:

10.5.2.1.1 HV (161 kV) winding

10.5.2.1.2 XV (13.8 kV) winding

10.5.2.1.3 YV (13.8 kV) winding

10.5.2.1.4 TV winding(s)

10.5.2.2 Sulfur corrosion protection:

10.5.2.2.1In order to protect the coil copper wire against sulfur corrosion phenomena, the copper

wire used for windings production shall be enameled acc. to

10.5.2.2.2All materials used in transformer construction (insulation materials, glues etc.) shall be

corrosive sulfur free

10.5.2.3 Type, standard or specification and catalogue number of windings wire:

10.5.2.3.1 H.V. winding

10.5.2.3.2 L.V. winding

10.5.2.4 Winding insulation:

10.5.2.4.1 The insulation of HV (161 kV) winding shall be graded (non-uniform)

10.5.2.4.2 Thermal class of winding insulation according to IEC 60085 (°C):

10.5.2.4.3Winding hot-spot temperature and metallic parts in contact with cellulosic insulation

material shall not exceed (°C)

10.5.2.4.4Thermally upgraded paper or equivalent (according to sub-clause 9.1.8 shall be

used for winding insulation

10.5.2.4.4.1 Manufacturer's upgraded paper

10.5.2.4.4.2 Catalogue number

10.5.2.4.4.3 Conforming standards

10.5.2.4.5 Material, type and catalogue number of HV and LV insulation:

10.5.2.4.5.1 HV winding

10.5.2.4.5.2 LV winding

10.5.2.4.5.3 TV winding (s)

10.5.2.4.5.4 Tapping connections

10.5.2.4.5.5 Side plates

10.5.2.5 Capacitance to earth and capacitance between windings:

10.5.2.5.1 HV winding terminal to ground (pF)

10.5.2.5.2 XV winding terminal to ground (pF)

10.5.2.5.3 YV winding terminal to ground (pF)

10.5.2.5.4 TV winding(s) terminal to ground (pF)

10.5.2.5.5 HV winding terminal to XV winding terminal (pF)

10.5.2.5.6 HV winding terminal to YV winding terminal (pF)

10.5.2.5.7 HV winding terminal to TV winding terminal (pF)

10.5.2.5.8 XV winding terminal to YV winding terminal (pF)

10.5.2.5.9 XV winding terminal to TV winding terminal (pF)

10.5.2.5.10 YV winding terminal to TV winding terminal (pF)

IEC 60317

©

IEC 60554

IEC 60641-3-1

120 (E)

110

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 24

Page 26: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.2.6 Series capacitance:

10.5.2.6.1 HV winding (pF)

10.5.2.6.2 XV winding (pF)

10.5.2.6.3 YV winding (pF)

10.5.2.6.4 TV winding (pF)

10.5.2.7 Total three-phase capacitance from XV winding to ground (pF)

10.5.2.8 Total three-phase capacitance from YV winding to ground (pF)

10.5.2.9 Resistance of windings at 75 °C (per phase):

10.5.2.9.1 HV winding:

10.5.2.9.1.1 Maximum tap (Ω)

10.5.2.9.1.2 Principal tap (Ω)

10.5.2.9.1.3 Minimum tap (Ω)

10.5.2.9.2 XV winding (Ω)

10.5.2.9.3 YV winding (Ω)

10.5.2.9.4 TV winding (Ω)

10.5.2.10 Temperature rise at 56 MVA of:

10.5.2.10.1 Average winding (guaranteed), measured by resistance (K)

10.5.2.10.2 Top oil (K)

10.5.2.10.3 Hot-spot (K)

10.5.2.11

Transformer windings shall withstand the following three-phase short-

circuit currents (supply on HV (161kV) side and short-circuit on the LV

(13.8 kV) side:

10.5.2.11.1 Symmetrical short-circuit currents at HV side on:

10.5.2.11.1.1 Maximum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.1.2 Principal tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.1.3 Minimum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.2 Symmetrical short-circuit currents at LV side with HV side on:

10.5.2.11.2.1 Maximum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.2.2 Principal tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.2.3 Minimum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.11.3 Dynamic short-circuit currents at HV side on:

10.5.2.11.3.1 Maximum tap, (kA peak)

10.5.2.11.3.2 Principal tap, (kA peak)

10.5.2.11.3.3 Minimum tap, (kA peak)

10.5.2.11.4 Dynamic short-circuit currents at LV side with HV side on:

10.5.2.11.4.1 Maximum tap, (kA peak)

10.5.2.11.4.2 Principal tap, (kA peak)

10.5.2.11.4.3 Minimum tap, (kA peak)

60

55

73

XV or YV XV || YV

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 25

Page 27: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.2.12

Transformer windings shall be able to withstand the following single-

phase short-circuit currents (voltage supply on HV with LV side short-

circuited)

10.5.2.12.1 Single-phase short-circuit currents at HV side on: -

10.5.2.12.1.1 Maximum tap, (kA) -

10.5.2.12.1.2 Principal tap, (kA) -

10.5.2.12.1.3 Minimum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.12.2 Single-phase short-circuit currents at LV side with HV on:

10.5.2.12.2.1 Maximum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.12.2.2 Principal tap, (kA)

10.5.2.12.2.3 Minimum tap, (kA)

10.5.2.12.3The transformer shall be able to withstand the stated symmetrical short-circuits

for not less than (s)

10.5.2.12.4Maximum permissible value of average temperature of the winding after short-

circuit shall not exceed (°C)

10.5.2.12.5

Tertiary stabilizing winding(s) shall withstand without damage electro-dynamic

forces and thermal stresses resulting from single-phase short-circuit on both

sides of transformer.

10.5.2.13 Joint of winding wire

10.5.2.13.1 The joints shall be tin plated

10.5.2.13.2 Joint of wire into winding:

10.5.2.13.2.1

The winding design shall care for a minimum number of joints of wire into the

same winding, then the actual performed joints shall not exceed the designed

number

10.5.2.13.2.2 Type of joint (butt, lap)

10.5.2.13.2.3 Type of technology (welding, soldering)

10.5.2.13.2.4 The solder shall not contain phosphor (P)

10.5.2.13.2.5 Test of samples according to

10.5.2.13.3 Joint between ends of winding and leads:

10.5.2.13.3.1 Type of joint on HV side

10.5.2.13.3.2 Type of joint on XV side

10.5.2.13.3.3 Type of joint on YV side

10.5.2.13.3.4 Type of joint on TV side

10.5.2.13.4 Joint between leads of winding and bolts of bushings:

10.5.2.13.4.1The connections at HV bushings shall be performed according to subclause

10.5.4.7.1

10.5.2.13.4.2The connections at LV bushings shall be performed according to subclause

10.5.4.7.6

10.5.2.13.4.3 Type of joint on HV side

10.5.2.13.4.4 Type of joint on XV side

10.5.2.13.4.5 Type of joint on YV side

10.5.2.13.4.6 Type of joint on TV side

10.5.2.14The flexible connections inside the tank shall be performed with thin copper

tapes.

2

XV / UV XV || YV

IEC 60851 and

AWS D9.2

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 26

Page 28: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.3 ON-LOAD TAP-CHANGER (OLTC)

10.5.3.1 The OLTC shall be installed on HV (161 kV) side.

10.5.3.2 Manufacturer

10.5.3.3 Manufacturer's designation

10.5.3.4 Standard

10.5.3.5 Type

10.5.3.6 Number of phases

10.5.3.7 Tap arrangement (linear, reversing or coarse/fine)

10.5.3.8 Position of taps in HV winding

10.5.3.9OLTC shall consist of diverter switch installed in an oil-insulated compartment

and tap-selector.

10.5.3.10 Oil of diverter switch shall be completely separated from transformer oil.

10.5.3.11 Tap voltages:

10.5.3.11.1 Voltage regulation range (kV)

10.5.3.11.2 Step voltage (kV)

10.5.3.11.3 Transformer ratio at principal tap ("0" tap position) (kV/kV/kV):

10.5.3.11.4 Number of taps above principal position

10.5.3.11.5 Number of taps below principal position

10.5.3.12 Rated switching capacity (kVA)

10.5.3.13 Breaking capacity (kVA)

10.5.3.14 Load capacity of taps

10.5.3.15 Voltage regulation category

10.5.3.16 OLTC maximum rated through current (A), according to:

10.5.3.16.1Maximum rated through-current (Irm) shall be at least 120% of the highest

tapping current (It), (A):

10.5.3.17 Maximum rated step voltage (V)

10.5.3.18 Overload capability of OLTC:

10.5.3.18.1 Maximum permissible overload current (A)

10.5.3.18.2 Duration (s)

10.5.3.18.3 Number of operations in above overload conditions

10.5.3.18.4OLTC shall be capable to carry and switch the maximum permissible overload

current of the transformer

10.5.3.19 Rated short-time current:

10.5.3.19.1 For 2 s (kA)

10.5.3.19.2 For 4 s (kA)

10.5.3.20 Dynamic short-circuit withstand current (kA peak)

IEC 60214.

Maschinenfabrik

Reinhausen GmbH

(preferred) or ABB

161/13.8/13.8

48.3 (± 24.15)

CFVV (constant flux

voltage variation)

IEC 60214.

Full load

1.858

Irm ≥ 1.2 It

13

13

3

Vacuum

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 27

Page 29: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.3.21 Insulation levels:

10.5.3.21.1 Voltage class (kV)

10.5.3.21.2 Maximum continuous operating voltage (kV)

10.5.3.21.3 Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50µsec:

10.5.3.21.3.1 To earth (kV peak)

10.5.3.21.3.2 Between phases (kV peak)

10.5.3.21.3.3Between the first and last contacts of the tap selector or selector switch and,

where fitted, of the change-over selector (kV peak)

10.5.3.21.3.4Between any two adjacent contacts of the tap selector or selector switch or any

other contacts relevant to OLTC contact configuration (kV peak)

10.5.3.21.3.5 Between diverter switch contacts in their final open position (kV peak)

10.5.3.21.4 Power frequency withstand voltage 1 min, 50 Hz:

10.5.3.21.4.1 To earth (kV)

10.5.3.21.4.2 Between phases (kV)

10.5.3.21.4.3Between the first and last contacts of the tap selector or selector switch and,

where fitted, of the change-over selector (kV rms)

10.5.3.21.4.4Between any two adjacent contacts of the tap selector or selector switch or any

other contacts relevant to OLTC contact configuration (kV rms)

10.5.3.21.4.5 Between diverter switch contacts in their final open position (kV rms)

10.5.3.22 Type of surge protection of the diverter switch

10.5.3.23 Diverter switch oil compartment pressure proof (bar)

10.5.3.24 Gas oil flow relay for protection of diverter switch compartment:

10.5.3.24.1 Manufacturer designation

10.5.3.24.2 Type

10.5.3.24.3 Variant

10.5.3.24.4 Flap valve aperture (mm)

10.5.3.24.5 Critical oil flow tripping the flap valve at 20°C (m/s ±%)

10.5.3.24.6 Number and type (NO, NC, CO) of tripping contacts

10.5.3.24.7Make/break current of the trip contact for 250 V DC and time constant 40 ms

(A/A)

10.5.3.24.8 Switching capacity

10.5.3.24.9 Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min (kV)

10.5.3.24.10 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.3.24.11 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.3.25 The OLTC shall be complete with all necessary devices for:

10.5.3.25.1 Manual operation

10.5.3.25.2 Electric operation from a local control panel

10.5.3.25.3 Operation from substation control room

10.5.3.25.4 Operation from Central Dispatch Center

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

325

750

2.5

IP 55

oil flow speed

RS-2001 or equivalent

(according to subclause

9.1.8)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 28

Page 30: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.3.26 OLTC shall enable the initiation of the following signals:

10.5.3.26.1 “Tap in progress” (indicates that the OLTC is under operation)

10.5.3.26.2“Incomplete tap changer operation” (indicates that a preset time for the tap

operation had elapsed without completing a tap change)

10.5.3.26.3“Extreme tap position” (indicates the two extreme positions, maximum and

minimum positions)

10.5.3.26.4“Motor protective switch open” (indicates that the motor protective switch of the

tap-changer is open

10.5.3.26.5 NO signals contacts in all tap positions

10.5.3.27Moving of tap selector to the selected tap shall be performed by the motor drive

unit

10.5.3.27.1 Manufacturer and type

10.5.3.27.2 Power (kW)

10.5.3.27.3 Voltage (V AC)

10.5.3.27.4 Phase

10.5.3.27.5 Frequency (Hz)

10.5.3.27.6 Starting current (A)

10.5.3.27.7 Synchronous speed (rpm)

10.5.3.27.8 Revolutions of drive shaft per one switching operation

10.5.3.27.9 Rated torque on the drive shaft (Nm)

10.5.3.27.10 Revolution of the hand crank per one switching operation

10.5.3.27.11 Time duration per tap-changing operation (s)

10.5.3.27.12 Maximum number of operating positions

10.5.3.28

All mechanical and electrical parts necessary for operating of OLTC shall be

housed in weatherproof hot-dip galvanized metal or aluminum control box with

locked gasket door. Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.3.28.1 Control box shall be provided with thermostat controlled heaters (kW)

10.5.3.29 Glands on the bottom of control box shall be provided

10.5.3.30 Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided

10.5.3.31 Operation counter to record performed switching operations

10.5.3.32 Additional equipment:

10.5.3.32.1 External mechanical position indicator

10.5.3.32.2 Safety switch interlocked with hand crank

10.5.3.32.3"Remote-Automatic-Local" selector switch with minimum 8 poles for mounting on

Purchaser’s control panel

10.5.3.32.4 Local “Rise-off-Lower” control switch

10.5.3.32.5 Position Transmitter Diode Matrix BCD code.

10.5.3.32.6 Contact door

10.5.3.32.7 Electrostatic thermo device

50

IP 55

230/400

3

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 29

Page 31: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.3.33 Contacts life time:

10.5.3.33.1 Number of tap change operations at rated through current

10.5.3.33.2 Number of tap change operations at 50% rated through current

10.5.3.33.3 Number of permissible successive operations per hour

10.5.3.34Approximate number of operations before changing oil in diverter switch tank

(operations are carried out at an average load of 70%)

10.5.3.35 Mechanical life of OLTC (to be proved by a type test)

10.5.3.36 Total OLTC weight (kg)

10.5.4 TRANSFORMER BUSHINGS

10.5.4.1Transformer shall be equipped with line terminal and neutral bushings on HV

and LV side.

10.5.4.2Bushings shall be designed for the service conditions stated in clause 10.1.2 of

this Specification and tested according to

10.5.4.3The HV and LV bushings shall be mounted on Transformer cover and located as

indicated in the attached Drawing No 2

10.5.4.4 The following types of bushings shall be provided:

10.5.4.4.1 Type 1 - HV seismic withstand line and neutral bushings

10.5.4.4.2 Type 2 - LV line, neutral and TV (tertiary winding(s)) bushings

10.5.4.4.3 Type 3 - LV core earthing bushing

10.5.4.5 Requirements for transformer bushings are detailed in APPENDIX 1

10.5.4.6 Technical requirements - Type 1 and Type 2: Type 1 Type 2 -

10.5.4.6.1 Manufacturer:

Micafil or

HSP

preferred.

10.5.4.6.2 Manufacturer’s designation

10.5.4.6.3 Type

10.5.4.6.4 Standard IEC 60137 IEC 60137

10.5.4.6.5 Number 4

10 (12 in

case of 2

TV )

10.5.4.6.6

For polymer type bushing insulators, the external envelope must fulfill the

requirements for outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path type,

suitable for the climatic, environmental and atmospheric conditions as described

under clause 10.1.2

10.5.4.6.6.1 Insulating Material

10.5.4.6.6.2 Hollow core

10.5.4.6.6.2.1 Manufacturer

10.5.4.6.6.3 Envelope

10.5.4.6.6.3.1 Manufacturer

Composite

Silicone Rubber-

Hydrophobicity Transfer

Material (SiR-HTM)

Type 1 Type 2

IEC 60137

Fiber Reinforced Plastic

(FRP)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 30

Page 32: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.4.6.7 Condenser core insulation technology RIP / RIS

10.5.4.6.8 Rated voltage (kV) 170 24

10.5.4.6.8.1 Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50µsec (dry) (kV peak) 750 125

10.5.4.6.8.2 Power frequency withstand voltage 1min., 50Hz (dry) (kV) 355 55

10.5.4.6.8.3 Power frequency withstand voltage 1min., 50Hz (wet) (kV) 325 55

10.5.4.6.9 Rated currents according to

10.5.4.6.9.1 Rated current (Ir) (A) 400 2000

10.5.4.6.9.2 Rated thermal short-time current (Ith) at 2 sec (kA) 17.7Ir 17.7Ir

10.5.4.6.9.3 Dynamic short-circuit withstand current (kA peak) 2.5Ith 2.5Ith

10.5.4.6.10Required minimum values of cantilever withstand load applied on the bushings

as defined in

10.5.4.6.10.1 Cantilever operating load not less than (N) 2000 1575

10.5.4.6.10.2 Cantilever test load (N) 4000 3150

10.5.4.6.11 Recommended rope pull (N)

10.5.4.6.12HV capacitance graded bushings shall be provided with a test tap for partial

discharge and dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) measurementsN.A

10.5.4.6.12.1 Value of capacitance to earth of the test tap shall not exceed (pF) 10000 N.A

10.5.4.6.12.2Value of dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) of the test tap, measured at power

frequency, shall not exceed:(%)0.4 N.A

10.5.4.6.12.3

A measurement of tan δ and capacitance at a voltage between 2 kV and

20 kV shall be performed as a reference value for measurements carried out

later when the bushing is in operation

10.5.4.6.13 Partial discharge level at 1.5Un/√3 shall not exceed (pC) 10 10 -

10.5.4.6.13.1 Temperature limits of metal parts in contact with insulating material -

10.5.4.6.14 Angle of mounting from vertical (°) -

10.5.4.6.15 Creepage distance: -

10.5.4.6.15.1Minimum reference unified specific creepage distance (RUSCD) according to

SPS class e (mm/kV)53.7 53.7 -

10.5.4.6.15.2Correction factor (Kad) of the reference unified specific creepage distance

RUSCD, for insulator average diameter Da -

10.5.4.6.15.3 Minimum corrected unified specific creepage distance (USCD) (mm/kV) -

10.5.4.6.15.4 Minimum total creepage distance (L) of the insulator (mm)

10.5.4.6.16 Arcing distance (A) not less than (mm) 1500

10.5.4.6.17 Maximum Creepage factor (CF)

10.5.4.6.18Bushings shall have permissible temporary overvoltage capabilities not lower

than the Transformer

10.5.4.6.19Bushings shall be capable to carry the maximum permissible overload current of

Transformer, according to :

10.5.4.6.19.1 Bushing hot-spot temperature in overload condition (°C)

10.5.4.6.19.2 Duration (s) -

10.5.4.6.20

The insulators shall be of Open or Anti-fog profiles, with Alternanting Sheds

(preferred) or Uniform sheds arrangement (according to APPENDIX 1),

permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces

-

10.5.4.6.21 Material of conductor terminal Aluminum Copper -

10.5.4.6.22 Diameter of conductor terminal (mm) -

10.5.4.6.23 Cross-section area of conductor terminal (mm2) -

IEC

60137—table 2

IEC 60137

clause 4.2 to 4.4

4

IEC 60137

clause 4.5

(level II)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 31

Page 33: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.4.7

Thickness of bushing SiR envelope in its connection zones with bushing upper

metal part (top flange) and with bushing bottom metal part (Bottom flange) shall

be at least (mm)

6 N.A

10.5.4.7.1

Connections between windings and Type 1 HV bushing terminals shall be

performed at bushings superior part (terminal), in order to permit easy

connection removal and assembly.

N.A

10.5.4.7.1.1 Connection technology: draw lead N.A

10.5.4.7.2Bushings shall be provided with condenser layers for controlling the distribution

of electro-magnetic fieldN.A

10.5.4.7.3The gap between bushing active part and insulator shall be filled with solid

insulated materialN.A

10.5.4.7.4 Oil-filled bushings, if any, shall be provided with oil level indicators N.A

10.5.4.7.5 Type 2 LV bushings shall be of simple design such as hollow insulator N.A.

10.5.4.7.6

The connection between the windings and the Type 2 LV bushing terminals shall

be performed in a such manner to avoid the current passing through any

screwed connection

N.A.

10.5.4.7.7 Total weight (including flanges) (kg) -

10.5.4.7.8 Applied special treatments for bushing metallic parts corrosion protection

10.5.4.8 Technical requirements - Type 3

10.5.4.8.1 Manufacturer

10.5.4.8.2 Type

10.5.4.8.3 Standard

10.5.4.8.4 Number of earthing bushings according to subclause 10.5.1.13

10.5.4.8.5 Material and color

10.5.4.8.6 Rated voltage (kV)

10.5.4.8.7 Rated current (In)

10.5.4.8.8 Material of conductor terminal

10.5.4.8.9 Cross-section area of conductor terminal (mm2)

10.5.4.8.10 Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50µsec (kV peak)

10.5.4.8.11 Power frequency withstand voltage, dry and wet (kV rms)

10.5.4.8.12 Minimum external creepage distance (mm)

10.5.4.9 All transformer bushings shall be provided with nameplates, according to:

10.5.4.9.1 The following additional data shall be supplied on bushing nameplate:

10.5.4.9.2 Rated 2 s short-time current

10.5.4.9.3 Creepage distance

10.5.4.9.4 Cantilever withstand service load

10.5.5 BUSHING CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

10.5.5.1Bushing type current transformers (CT's) shall be mounted on HV and LV line

and neutral bushings

10.5.5.2 Bushing CT's shall be designed, marked and tested according to :

10.5.5.2.1CT's secondary windings shall be wired to barrier type terminals in a terminal box

mounted on Transformer tank

10.5.5.2.2 Provisions shall be made for secondary windings earthing inside the terminal box

IEC 61869-2

IEC 60137 cl. 6.2

Porcelain, brown

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 32

Page 34: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.5.3 Type of bushing current transformers, according to Drawing No 5:

10.5.5.3.1 Type 1 - HV (161 kV) one-phase bushing CT’s for thermal image

10.5.5.3.2 Type 2 - HV neutral bushing CT’s for zero-sequence overcurrent protection.

10.5.5.3.3Type 3 - LV (13.8 kV, XV and YV winding) neutral bushings CT’s for restricted

EF protection and zero-sequence overcurrent protection.

10.5.5.3.4Type 4 - LV (XV and YV winding) three-phase bushings CT’s for restricted EF

protection.

10.5.5.3.5Type 5 - LV (XV and YV winding) three-phase bushings CT’s for thermal image

and voltage regulator..

10.5.5.4 Type 1 - Electrical data

10.5.5.4.1 Manufacturer

10.5.5.4.2 Total number of CT's - Type 1

10.5.5.4.3 Number of cores

10.5.5.4.4 Type of core

10.5.5.4.5 Ratio (A/A)

10.5.5.4.6 Extended current rating 1.5 x I1 (A)

10.5.5.4.7 Rated burden (VA)

10.5.5.4.8 Accuracy class

10.5.5.4.9 Instrument security factor (FS)

10.5.5.4.10 Ratio error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.4.11 Phase displacement at rated primary current (min)

10.5.5.4.12 Composite error at rated accuracy limit primary current (%)

10.5.5.4.13 Rated short-time (2 s) thermal current (kA)

10.5.5.4.14 Rated dynamic current (kA peak)

10.5.5.4.15 Rated insulation level (kV peak/kV rms)

10.5.5.4.16 Class of insulation, according to IEC 61869-2 and IEC 60085 (°C)

10.5.5.5 Type 2 - Electrical data:

10.5.5.5.1 Manufacturer

10.5.5.5.2 Total number of CT's - Type 2

10.5.5.5.3 Number of cores per CT

10.5.5.5.4 Type of core

10.5.5.5.5 Rated ratio (A/A)

10.5.5.5.6 Rated burden (VA)

10.5.5.5.7 Accuracy class

10.5.5.5.8 Accuracy limit factor (ALF)

protection

200/5

10

5

10P

measuring

250 / 5

375

± 60

105 (A)

30

1

1

1

± 1

30

1

10

Measuring

Measuring

Protection

Protection

1

Protection

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 33

Page 35: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.5.5.9 Ratio error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.5.10 Phase displacement at rated primary current (min.)

10.5.5.5.11 Composite error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.5.12 Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current (kA rms)

10.5.5.5.13 Rated dynamic current (kA peak)

10.5.5.5.14 Rated insulation level (kV peak/kV rms)

10.5.5.5.15 Class of insulation, according to IEC 61869-2 and IEC 60085 (°C)

10.5.5.6 Type 3 - Electrical data

10.5.5.6.1 Manufacturer

10.5.5.6.2 Total number of CT's - Type 3

10.5.5.6.3 Number of cores per CT

10.5.5.6.4 Type of cores

10.5.5.6.5 Rated ratio - core 1 (A/A)

10.5.5.6.6 Rated ratio - core 2 (A/A)

10.5.5.6.7 Rated burden for each core (VA)

10.5.5.6.8 Accuracy class for each core

10.5.5.6.9 Accuracy limit factor for each core (ALF)

10.5.5.6.10 Ratio error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.6.11 Phase displacement at rated primary current (min.)

10.5.5.6.12 Composite error at rated accuracy limit primary current not exceeding (%)

10.5.5.6.13 Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current (kA rms)

10.5.5.6.14 Rated dynamic current (kA peak)

10.5.5.6.15 Rated insulation level (kV peak/kV rms)

10.5.5.6.16 Class of insulation, according to IEC 61869-2 and IEC 60085 (°C)

protection

10P

± 60

105 (A)

2

1000/5

105 (A)

± 60

10

± 3

10

± 3

1250/5

20

10

2

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 34

Page 36: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.5.7 Type 4 - Electrical data:

10.5.5.7.1 Manufacturer

10.5.5.7.2 Total number of CT's - Type 4

10.5.5.7.3 Number of cores

10.5.5.7.4 Type of core

10.5.5.7.5 Rated ratio (A/A)

10.5.5.7.6 Rated burden (VA)

10.5.5.7.7 Accuracy class

10.5.5.7.8 Accuracy limit factor (ALF)

10.5.5.7.9 Current error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.7.10 Phase displacement at rated primary current (min.)

10.5.5.7.11 Composite error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.7.12 Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current (kA rms)

10.5.5.7.13 Rated dynamic current (kA peak)

10.5.5.7.14 Rated insulation level (kV peak/kV rms)

10.5.5.7.15 Class of insulation, according to IEC 61869-2 and IEC 60085 (°C)

10.5.5.8 Type 5 - Electrical data:

10.5.5.8.1 Manufacturer

10.5.5.8.2 Total number of CT's - Type 5

10.5.5.8.3 Number of cores

10.5.5.8.4 Type of core

10.5.5.8.5 Ratio (A/A)

10.5.5.8.6 Extended current rating 1.5 x I1 (A)

10.5.5.8.7 Rated burden (VA)

10.5.5.8.8 Accuracy class

10.5.5.8.9 Instrument security factor (Fs)

10.5.5.8.10 Ratio error at rated primary current (%)

10.5.5.8.11 Phase displacement at rated primary current (min)

10.5.5.8.12 Composite error at rated accuracy limit primary current (%)

10.5.5.8.13 Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current (kA rms)

10.5.5.8.14 Rated dynamic current (kA peak)

10.5.5.8.15 Rated insulation level (kV peak/kV rms)

10.5.5.8.16 Class of insulation, according to IEC 61869-2 and IEC 60085 (°C)

± 60

1

1

5

± 1

10

105 (A)

20

6

1250/5

10P

5

measuring

10

1

1250 / 5

6

1875

± 60

20

± 3

105 (A)

protection

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 35

Page 37: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.6 OIL AND OIL PRESERVATION SYSTEM

10.5.6.1

Transformer oil, as well as its manufacturer and type, shall meet the

requirements indicated in I.E.Co Specification for inhibited mineral insulating oil

No. 50/2009 (APPENDIX 3)

10.5.6.2 Oil manufacturer

10.5.6.3 Oil type

10.5.6.4 Transformer oil certificate shall be approved by Purchaser before delivery

10.5.6.5 Transformer oil shall be corrosive sulfur free.

10.5.6.6

Oil preservation system shall be Manufacturer’s standard, excluding any system

that permits direct contact between oil and air. All necessary accessories shall

be supplied by Manufacturer

10.5.6.7 Type of oil preservation equipment

10.5.6.8Oil preservation system shall contain main conservator and conservator for the

OLTC.

10.5.6.9 The conservator shall be provided with anti-vibration supports

10.5.6.9.1 Type

10.5.6.9.2 Manufacturer

10.5.6.9.3 Number

10.5.6.9.4 Rated load (Kg)

10.5.6.9.5 Standard or specification

10.5.6.10Main conservator shall be provided with synthetic membrane and all necessary

drain cocks, plugs for oil filling, connection to tank, etc.

10.5.6.10.1 Type

10.5.6.10.2 Material

10.5.6.10.3 Manufacturer

10.5.6.10.4 Standard or Specification

10.5.6.10.5The synthetic membrane shall keep its quality and properties over the entire

service period of the transformer.

10.5.6.11If bushing center tube is oil-filled by transformer oil, then conservator lower oil

level shall be higher than the oil level of the bushing center tube top-end.

10.5.6.12Each oil conservator shall be provided with a cobalt-free Silica Gel air-drier,

according to APPENDIX 4.

10.5.6.12.1 Type

10.5.6.12.2 Manufacturer

10.5.6.12.3 Standard or Specification

10.5.6.13Silica Gel shall be clearly visible through a glass and shall be mounted for each

conservator at 1.5 m approximately above ground level

10.5.6.14 Recommended vacuum for site oil filling (KPa)

10.5.6.15 First oil filling of the transformer shall be provided by Manufacturer

10.5.7 TRANSFORMER TANK

10.5.7.1 Tank Manufacturer

10.5.7.2

Transformer tank shall be of welded steel plate construction reinforced in order

to withstand the most severe conditions of operation, transport and vacuum

treatment according to

10.5.7.3 The steel grade shall be

`

IEC 60076-1 and

subclause 10.1.2.6

©

EN 10025 grade S235JR

or equivalent (according

to subclause 9.1.12)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 36

Page 38: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.7.4 Other steel grades will be subjected to Purchaser approval

10.5.7.5All welding shall be according to the standard for “Welded steel tanks for oil

storage”

10.5.7.5.1

Details of welding: Tank and its structural attachments shall be welded by the

SMAW with basic E70 covered electrodes conform to AWS A5.1, GTAW, SAW,

FCAW with E71T-5 electrode conform to AWS A5.20. Use of any other process

shall be by agreement between the Contractor and the Purchaser. Welding shall

be performed in a manner that ensure full penetration and complete fusion in the

vertical and horizontal butt welds

10.5.7.5.2 Inspection of welds:

10.5.7.5.2.1Butt welds: Inspection for the quality of the welds shall be made using the

radiographic method and the visual method

10.5.7.5.2.2Fillet welds: Inspection for the quality of the welds shall be made using the visual

method

10.5.7.5.3 Radiographic test:

10.5.7.5.3.1

Radiographic inspection is required for shell butt welds. For butt welded joints in

which the thinner shell plate is less than or equal to 9.6 mm thick, one (1) spot

radiograph shall be taken in the first 2 m of complete vertical joints of each type

and thickness welded by each welder or welding operator

10.5.7.5.3.2One (1) spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 2 m of complete horizontal butt

joint

10.5.7.5.3.3 All junctions of vertical and horizontal joins shall be radiographed

10.5.7.5.3.4 Radiographic examination method shall be according to:

10.5.7.5.3.5Radiograms shall be delivered to Purchaser's Material Laboratory prior of

painting, for interpretation and acceptance

10.5.7.6

Contractor shall conduct tests for all welders assigned to manual and semi-

automatic welding and all operators assigned to automatic welding to

demonstrate their ability to make acceptable welds

10.5.7.7

Contractor shall submit for approval, six (6) months prior to the delivery of the

first transformer, the authorization documents of welding procedures, as well as

welders qualification documents.

10.5.7.8Transformer tank shall be absolutely water and hot-oil tight and provided with an

oil tight cover

10.5.7.9The mechanical design of the tank shall prevent water accumulation on the

transformer cover in order to avoid corrosion appearance

10.5.7.10 The tank shall be designed to withstand full vacuum

10.5.7.11The tank, oil-filled components and pipe works shall withstand the maximum

static weight of oil in service plus an additional over pressure of minimum (barg)

10.5.7.12

Construction of the tank shall enable easy installation or removal of bushings,

bushing current transformers and other accessories without disturbing the leads,

untanking the transformer or removing the cover

10.5.7.13

Joints between the tank and the cover and between various sections shall be

provided with suitable flanges and properly spaced bolts and gaskets to make

joints oil-tight

10.5.7.14Five (5) pockets (two oil temperature sensor, two winding temperature sensor

and one spare) shall be provided on transformer tank cover

10.5.7.15Two (2) pockets for oil temperature sensors, shall be provided on the bottom of

the transformer

10.5.7.16Lifting eyes for transformer cover, conservator tanks, on load tap-changer as

well as lugs for lifting completely assembled transformer shall be provided

10.5.7.17

Four (4) jacking points shall be provided at height not less than 350 mm to

transformer base and shall be sufficient wide to permit a tolerance from the

center line of 150 mm.

10.5.7.18 The transformer tank shall be earthed according to subclause 10.5.16.2

10.5.7.19 Oil valves

API 650 or European

equivalent standard

Section V, Article 2,

ASME code

0.5

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 37

Page 39: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.7.19.1 All required valves shall be provided with padlocks.

10.5.7.19.2 Drain flanged valve

10.5.7.19.2.1 Size:

10.5.7.19.2.2 Type:

10.5.7.19.2.3 location :

10.5.7.19.3 Filling flanged valve

10.5.7.19.3.1 Size:

10.5.7.19.3.2 Type:

10.5.7.19.3.3 Location:

10.5.7.19.4 Tank-emptying flanged valve

10.5.7.19.4.1 Size at least:

10.5.7.19.4.2 Type:

10.5.7.19.4.3 Location:

10.5.7.19.4.3.

1In the tank bottom as illustrated in Drawing No.5

10.5.7.19.4.3.

2Under oil filling valve.

10.5.7.19.4.3.

3The distance between empting valve and drain valve shall be maximum.

10.5.7.19.4.3.

4Minimum gap between end of the bottom drain to ground (mm).

10.5.7.19.5 Sampling valve

10.5.7.19.5.1 Number of oil sampling valves:

10.5.7.19.5.2 Oil sampling points location

10.5.7.19.5.3 Size

10.5.7.19.5.4 Manufacturer's type

10.5.7.19.5.5 Construction type:

10.5.7.19.5.6 Sampling valves location:

10.5.7.19.5.6.

1On the OLTC tank side.

10.5.7.19.5.6.

2At the same level, at a minimum height from transformer base (mm)

10.5.7.19.5.7 The valves shall be adequate spaced for facilitate sampling taking.

10.5.7.19.5.8The pipes connecting between the sampling points and the valves shall be linked

to the external transformer tank surface

10.5.7.19.5.9

Nameplates with the inscription :"TOP, MEDIUM and BOTTOM SAMPLING

valve" shall be provided on the transformer tank, close to Each one of the

sampling valves.

10.5.7.19.6 Buchholz flanged valves

10.5.7.19.6.1 Two valves between main tank and conservator.

10.5.7.19.6.2 Size:

10.5.7.19.6.3 Type:

10.5.7.19.6.4 Location:

DN 80 (3 inch)

100

Top, average and

bottom level of winding

DN 25 (1 inch)

200

DN 80 (3 inch)

DN 80 (3 inch)

on each side of the

Buchholz relay

female connection,

angle-valve oriented

towards transformer

base, ball type, with

interlock protection

OLTC side

Opposite to Oil drain

valve

3

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 38

Page 40: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.7.19.7 Shutter valve

10.5.7.19.7.1

Between the valve located on conservator side and the Buchholz relay, a shutter

valve with electrical driver and limiting switches ("close" and "open") shall be

mounted.

10.5.7.19.7.2Shutter valves wiring shall be connected in control box to free terminals for

Purchaser use.

10.5.7.19.8 All additional valves required by the Manufacturer technology shall be provided.

10.5.7.20

The connection between the gas collecting pipes and the collection points

(turrets, cover etc.) on the upper side of the cover shall be metal to metal flanged

connections. The flanges shall be of rotating type.

10.5.7.21Transformer tank shall be provided with a round manhole and space all around

OLTC in order to permit easy inspection and repair.

10.5.7.21.1 Minimum manhole diameter (mm):

10.5.7.21.2 Minimum all-around space between OLTC and tank, on vertical axis (mm)

10.5.7.21.3 Manhole cover shall be provided with two door knobs for an easy grip.

10.5.7.22

Additional manhole(s) shall be provided in front of the connections between the

LV bushings and the windings to permit easy removal and assembly, without

dissembling any radiator.

10.5.7.23

Transformer shall be provided with safety support for ladder (see Drawing No.3).

Location of support shall be determined by Manufacturer and shall ensure the

safety going up of the worker on the cover

10.5.7.24Transformer shall be provided with the safety fencing to ensure the safety works

on the cover

10.5.7.24.1 The fencing shall be folded down during operation of the transformer.

10.5.7.24.2The installing and folding of safety fencing shall be carried out from ground level

by a mechanical operating mechanism (see Drawing No.4).

10.5.7.24.3The fencing shall be blocked in the folded up (or raised) position to ensure the

safety work on the cover.

10.5.7.24.4Operating mechanism shall be provided with mechanical blocking which

prevents the folding-up (raising) of fencing, while Transformer is energized.

10.5.7.25

Transformer tank shall be provided with provisions for mounting metal supports

for surge arresters on HV, LV and LV neutral side. Location and relevant

dimensions shall be according to Drawing No.2

10.5.7.26Transformer tank shall be fitted with a pressure-relief device (see subclause

10.5.9.3).

10.5.7.27Transformer cover shall be provided with provisions for protect all the

accessories mounted on the cover against mechanical damage.

10.5.8 TRANSFORMER COOLING SYSTEM

10.5.8.1

Transformer cooling system shall consist of the necessary number of radiators

(coolers), complete with automatic control equipment required to maintain the

specified temperature rise in subcl. 10.3.10 in the service conditions from clause

10.1.2

10.5.8.1.1 Number of radiators

10.5.8.1.2 Radiators Manufacturer:

10.5.8.1.3Radiators shall be equipped with top and bottom valves to permit the removal of

any radiator without oil draining.

10.5.8.1.4Vent holes with plugs shall be provided in the top and drain holes with plugs in

the bottom of each radiator.

10.5.8.1.5The studs, as well as their threaded holes, used in various subassemblies in

contact with the atmosphere shall be silicone greased before fastening

10.5.8.1.6 Corners and joint places will be strip coated

10.5.8.2 Fans

Menk (preferred)

400

600

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 39

Page 41: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.8.2.1 Forced air cooling of the transformer shall be achieved by silent fans

10.5.8.2.2 Manufacturer

10.5.8.2.3 Manufacturer’s designation

10.5.8.2.4 Type

10.5.8.2.5 Number (per each cooler)

10.5.8.2.6 Total number of fans

10.5.8.2.7 Air flow

10.5.8.2.7.1 One fan (m³/min.)

10.5.8.2.7.2 Whole cooling system (m³/min.)

10.5.8.2.8 Fan motor data

10.5.8.2.8.1 Manufacturer:

10.5.8.2.8.2 Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue number:

10.5.8.2.8.3 Rated voltage (V AC)

10.5.8.2.8.4 Phase

10.5.8.2.8.5 Frequency (Hz)

10.5.8.2.8.6 Synchronous speed (rpm)

10.5.8.2.8.7 Starting current (A)

10.5.8.2.8.8 Rated power (HP)

10.5.8.2.8.9 Rated power factor

10.5.8.2.8.10 Rated efficiency (%)

10.5.8.2.8.11 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.8.2.8.12 Weight (kg)

10.5.8.2.9 Fans shall be provided with anti-vibration supports:

10.5.8.2.9.1 Type

10.5.8.2.9.2 Manufacturer

10.5.8.2.9.3 Number

10.5.8.2.9.4 Rated load (kg)

10.5.8.2.9.5 Standard or specification shall be attached

10.5.8.2.10 Shaft bearings shall be sealed type

10.5.8.2.11 Fan motors shall be provided with thermal overload and overcurrent protection

10.5.8.2.12 Supply voltage range

10.5.8.2.13 Total fan power requirement at full cooling capacity (kW)

3

50

400

IP55

85% - 110% of Un

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 40

Page 42: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.8.3 Cooling system control

10.5.8.3.1Manufacturer's standard control method shall be applied for control transformer

cooling equipment

10.5.8.3.2A complete control system for the automatic operation of the cooling system

shall be provided

10.5.8.3.3A transfer switch for automatic or manual control of the cooling system shall be

provided

10.5.8.3.4

Cooling system control shall be fully automatic and shall include relays or

auxiliary contacts for remote indications of the number of fans in operation and

remote alarm for failure

10.5.8.3.5The control of the transformer cooling shall be from hot-spot temperature

(winding thermometer)

10.5.8.3.6Cooling system control shall start fans immediately upon sudden increase of

load above a threshold value, agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor

10.5.8.3.7In order to prevent their mechanical blocking, due to the severe environmental

service conditions, the following actions shall be taken:

10.5.8.3.7.1 Daily operation for 1/2 hour of all non-operated fans.

10.5.8.3.7.2 Random starting of non-operated fans.

10.5.8.3.8 All control equipment shall be housed in the transformer control box.

10.5.8.3.9 Following indication signals shall be provided:

10.5.8.3.9.1 Position signal of the switch for local or remote control

10.5.8.3.9.2 Alarm signal for power source failure

10.5.8.3.9.3 Alarm signal for control voltage supply failure

10.5.8.3.9.4 Alarm signal for motor disconnected by protection

10.5.8.3.9.5 Alarm signal for outage of any one of the fans

10.5.8.3.9.6 Alarm signal for temperature limit conditions exceeding

10.5.8.3.9.7 For all these signals double circuits shall be provided

10.5.8.4

Transformer loading capability (carrying power), based on the temperature

conditions under subclause 10.3.10 , with one of the following cooling element

out of service:

10.5.8.4.1 One fan (MVA)

10.5.8.4.2 One radiator (MVA)

10.5.8.5

Estimated time that the transformer can carry full load (56 MVA) without damage

at 30°C ambient temperature, with all fans out of service in the following initial

conditions:

10.5.8.5.1 Cold start (h)

10.5.8.5.2 Continuous operation at full load (h)

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 41

Page 43: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.9 ACCESSORIES

10.5.9.1 Pointer thermometer for top-oil temperature measuring

10.5.9.1.1 Manufacturer:

10.5.9.1.2 Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

10.5.9.1.3 Catalogue Number

10.5.9.1.4 Type:

10.5.9.1.5 Pointer thermometer shall include

10.5.9.1.5.1 Thermo well, type:

10.5.9.1.5.2 Thermometer pocket according to:

10.5.9.1.6 Measuring range (°C)

10.5.9.1.7 Tolerance of indication

10.5.9.1.8Oil temperature indicator shall have contacts for alarm and tripping of the

transformer:

10.5.9.1.8.1 Number and type of adjustable alarm contacts (NO,NC,CO)

10.5.9.1.8.2 Switching capacity of the contacts (VA)

10.5.9.1.8.3 Capillary (length/type)

10.5.9.1.8.4 Number of cable glands/type

10.5.9.1.8.5 Tests voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min. (kV rms)

10.5.9.1.8.6 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.9.1.9 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.9.1.10 Manufacturer recommendations for temperature values: -

10.5.9.1.10.1 Alarm (°C) -

10.5.9.1.10.2 Trip (°C) -

10.5.9.2 Pointer thermometer for local measuring of winding temperature

10.5.9.2.1 Manufacturer

10.5.9.2.2 Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

10.5.9.2.3 Catalogue number

10.5.9.2.4 Type

10.5.9.2.5 The pointer thermometer shall include:

10.5.9.2.5.1 Winding Temperature sensor

10.5.9.2.5.2

Additional wiring and components (1 relay and additional resistors) for

adjustment of two temperature gradients corresponding to each cooling method

under subcl.10.3.11

10.5.9.2.5.3 Current converter

10.5.9.2.5.4 Thermometer case welded into transformer according to:

10.5.9.2.6 Measuring range (°C)

On

2g, 5-15

©

TRASY 2 MT-ST 160F

(preferred) or equivalent

(according to subclause

9.1.8)

MESSKO (preferred)

Off

4

-20 to +140

©

ZT-F2.1

TRASY 2 MT-STW

160F2 (preferred) or

equivalent (according to

subclause 9.1.8)

2

COMBI-WELL

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

Class 1 DIN 16203

6m/23

MESSKO (preferred)

635162

V5a

DS/EN 50216-4

dial

DS/EN 50216-4

0 to +160

IP55

4/2

dial

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 42

Page 44: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.9.2.7 Tolerance of indication

10.5.9.2.8Winding temperature indicator shall have contacts for alarms and tripping of the

transformer

10.5.9.2.9 Number and type of adjustable alarm contacts (NO,NC,CO)

10.5.9.2.10 Switching capacity of the contacts

10.5.9.2.11 Capillary (length/type)

10.5.9.2.12 Number of cable glands/type

10.5.9.2.13 Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min. (kV rms)

10.5.9.2.14 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.9.2.15 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.9.2.16 Manufacturer recommendations for temperature values: -

10.5.9.2.16.1 Fans operation (°C) -

10.5.9.2.16.2 Alarm (°C) -

10.5.9.2.16.3 Trip (°C) -

10.5.9.3 Pressure relief valve

10.5.9.3.1 Manufacturer

10.5.9.3.2 Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

10.5.9.3.3 Type

10.5.9.3.4 Automatic or manual reset

10.5.9.3.5 Operating response pressure (bar)

10.5.9.3.6 Number and type of the trip contacts

10.5.9.3.7Make/break current of the trip contacts, for 60V DC and time constant 40 msec

(A/A)

10.5.9.3.8 Switching capacity of the trip contacts

10.5.9.3.9 Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1min. (kV rms)

10.5.9.3.10 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.9.3.11 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

4

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

On

2

spring load

1 CO

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

2

QUALITROL (preferred)

4/2

©

6m/23

2g, 5-15

IP 55

class 1 DIN EN 13190

Off

IP 55

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 43

Page 45: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.9.4 Twin-float Buchholz relay

10.5.9.4.1 Manufacturer

10.5.9.4.2 Manufacturer's designation

10.5.9.4.3 Type

10.5.9.4.4 Switching system:

10.5.9.4.4.1 Number and type of contacts

10.5.9.4.4.2 Make/break current for 220V DC and time constant 40 msec (A/A)

10.5.9.4.4.3 Switching capacity of the contacts

10.5.9.4.4.4 Switching contact type:

10.5.9.4.5 Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min. (kV rms)

10.5.9.4.6Vent valve shall be provided for emptying the gas which accumulates in the

Buchholz relay and for taking gas sample.

10.5.9.4.7 The vent valve shall be linked by an appropriate pipe to a gas sampler.

10.5.9.4.8 Gas sampler data:

10.5.9.4.8.1 Connection size:

10.5.9.4.8.2 Manufacturer

10.5.9.4.8.3 Type

10.5.9.4.8.4 Location

10.5.9.4.8.5 Installing level from transformer base:

10.5.9.4.8.6The gas sampler and its connection pipe will be joined to the external surface of

the transformer tank

10.5.9.4.8.7Nameplates with the inscription: "GAS SAMPLER" shall be provided on the

transformer, close to gas sampling device.

10.5.9.4.9 Buchholz relay shall be tested for leaks at:

10.5.9.4.9.1 pressure (bar)

10.5.9.4.9.2 time (min.)

10.5.9.4.10 Stationary vibration withstand:

10.5.9.4.10.1 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.9.4.11 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.9.4.12 Manufacturer recommendations for alarm and trip: -

10.5.9.4.12.1 Oil level above pipe center (mm ±) -

10.5.9.4.12.2 Gas accumulation or oil loss (cm3 ±) -

10.5.9.4.12.3 Oil flow velocity referred to nominal pipe size(cm/s ±%) -

10.5.9.5The software of transformer accessories (where applicable) shall fulfill the

requirements of APPENDIX 9

DR 80 (preferred) or

equivalent (according to

subclause 9.1.8)

According to

IEC 60721-3-4

Alarm Trip

2 CO

EMB (preferred)

ZG 1.2 (preferred) or

equivalent (according to

subclause 9.1.8)

On transformer tank in

the Buchholz side

1.2 m

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

2/2

2

Magnet contact tube

DN 6 ( 1/8 inch)

IP 55

©

EMB (preferred)

2g, 2-200 Hz

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 44

Page 46: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.10 TRANSFORMER MONITORING SYSTEM

10.5.10.1

A Digital Monitor for Liquid-Filled Transformer, to be installed in Purchaser's

transformer protection cubicle, in the substation control room (delivered loose),

shall be provided .

10.5.10.2 Manufacturer

10.5.10.3 Type

10.5.10.4 Manufacturer's designation

10.5.10.5The Digital Transformer Monitor shall have the following measurement and

monitoring functions:

10.5.10.5.1 Winding temperature measurement based on thermal modeling .

10.5.10.5.2 Top and bottom oil temperature monitoring

10.5.10.5.3 OLTC temperature monitoring

10.5.10.5.4 Cooling system and fan control .

10.5.10.5.5 Main conservator and OLTC compartment oil level monitoring.

10.5.10.6 The Digital Transformer Monitor shall be equipped with:

10.5.10.6.1 Eight (8) configurable internal output relays for control, trip and alarm signals.

10.5.10.6.2 One (1) system state relay for internal and circuit diagnostics.

10.5.10.6.3At least four (4) fully programmable 4-20 mA DC output current loops, for use

with SCADA .

10.5.10.6.4 Communication ports with optical interface

10.5.10.6.5 Keypad for local operation.

10.5.10.6.6 Easy to read LCD display

10.5.10.6.7Red color LED set point indicator, coupled to each output relay , for set point

exceeding indication .

10.5.10.7 Digital Transformer Monitor required input modules (quantity and type)

10.5.10.7.1 RTD input module for liquid temperature monitoring

10.5.10.7.1.1 Input sensor type

10.5.10.7.1.2 Measured temperature range (°C)

10.5.10.7.2Contact closure input module (dry contact) for fan control contactor state

monitoring (energized / not energized)

10.5.10.7.3 CT input module for winding temperature monitoring .

10.5.10.7.3.1 Input range (A)

10.5.10.7.4 Potentiometer input module for liquid level monitoring.

10.5.10.7.4.1 Input resistance range up to (Ω)

10.5.10.7.4.2 Input range scaling (%)

10.5.10.7.5 Input modules required accuracy

ITM 509 - 100

(preferred) or equivalent

(according to subclause

9.1.8)

©

QUALITROL (preferred)

5000

0 ÷ 100

RS-232, USB 2.0, RJ45 /

Ethernet / FO

2

3

3

0 ÷ 10

Pt 100

-40 ÷ 120

+/- 0.5%

full scale input range

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 45

Page 47: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.10.8 Digital Transformer Monitor relay output contacts:

10.5.10.8.1 Quantity and type

10.5.10.8.2 Switching capacity

10.5.10.8.2.1 At 230 VAC (A)

10.5.10.8.2.2 At 220 VDC (A)

10.5.10.9 Digital Transformer Monitor required accessories:

10.5.10.9.1 Temperature sensor (quantity, type)

10.5.10.9.2 Oil level sensor with local indication for OLTC conservator

10.5.10.9.2.1 Local indicator dial diameter (mm)

10.5.10.9.2.2 Dry contact for both minimum and maximum oil level indication.

10.5.10.9.3 Oil level sensor with local indication for main conservator

10.5.10.9.3.1 Local indicator scale diameter (mm)

10.5.10.9.3.2 Dry contact for minimum and maximum oil level indication.

10.5.10.9.3.3Local indicator scale shall be related to different oil temperature values, in order

to allow a appropriate oil filling procedure.

10.5.10.9.4Digital Transformer Monitor Software to be run on a PC, for setup and

monitoring. The software shall comply with the requirements of APPENDIX 9

10.5.10.9.5 19" Rack Mounting Kit for Flush Mounting .

10.5.10.10The Digital Transformer Monitor communication protocol shall be compatible

with:

10.5.10.11 Test voltage to ground withstand at 50 Hz, 1 min. (kV rms)

10.5.10.12 Auxiliary power supply (V, AC/DC)

10.5.10.13The distance from the transformer to the Digital Transformer Monitor location

(control room) shall be approx. (m) :

10.5.10.14 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.10.15 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.11 VOLTAGE REGULATOR

10.5.11.1A digital control system for OLTC, to be installed in Purchaser's transformer

protection cubicle in substation control room, delivered loose, shall be provided.

10.5.11.2 Manufacturer

10.5.11.3 Type

10.5.11.4 Manufacturer’s designation (Order No.)

10.5.11.5"Local" or "Remote" control mode of Voltage Regulator (VR) shall be selected

from a selector switch or push buttons located on it.

10.5.11.5.1 "Local" control mode

10.5.11.5.1.1" Automatic" or "Manual" control may be selected from a selector switch or push

buttons located on Voltage Regulator, when it is set to “Local” mode

10.5.11.5.1.2In "Manual" mode, "Lower" or "Raise" commands shall be actuated from push

buttons located on Voltage Regulator.

2.5

IEC 61850, Edition 2

Maschinenfabrik

Reinhausen GmbH

(preferred)

1 CO for each output

relay

1 NO + 1 NC

AC: 5A 250V cos φ= 1

DC: 0.4A 250V (non-

inductive)

3 , Pt100

TAPCON BU (preferred)

or equivalent (according

to subclause 9.1.8)

100

IP 50

60 – 230

1 NO + 1 NC

10g

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 46

Page 48: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.11.5.2 "Remote" control mode

10.5.11.5.2.1In "Remote" control mode, voltage level shall be provided from the following

sources:

10.5.11.5.2.1.

1

Station Control System (SCS) via a TCP/IP ETHERNET LAN according to IEC

61850

10.5.11.5.2.1.

2Dispatch Center via 60V DC inputs

10.5.11.5.2.1.

3

Also, " Automatic" or "Manual" control of the VR may be selected from the SCS

(by communication) or from the Dispatch Center (60V DC inputs)

10.5.11.5.2.2In "Manual" mode of VR, "Lower" or "Raise" commands shall be actuated from

SCS (by communication) or from the Dispatch Center (60V DC inputs)

10.5.11.5.3Three pre-defined levels of "Voltage desired value" may be selected from the

SCS (by communication) or from the dispatch center (60V DC inputs)

10.5.11.5.4Desired value may be changed from SCS (by communication) or from the

dispatch center (60VDC DV Lower/Raise inputs) in 0.1V steps

10.5.11.5.5 Winding selection for reference voltage

10.5.11.5.5.1 Automatic winding selection

10.5.11.5.5.1.

1Based on apparent current

10.5.11.5.5.1.

2Based on voltage

10.5.11.5.5.2 Manual winding selection

10.5.11.5.5.2.

1using paramerters

10.5.11.5.5.2.

2

using inputs from SCS (by communication) or from Dispatch Center (60V DC

inputs)

10.5.11.5.6 Back Indications

10.5.11.5.6.1The VR will send back indications, to the SCS (by communication) and to the

dispatch center (Relay contacts in BCD code), regarding the OLTC tap position

10.5.11.5.6.2The VR will send back indications to SCS (by communication) and to Dispatch

Center (relay contacts) regarding the VR mode and status

10.5.11.5.6.3The VR will send back indications, to the SCS (by communication) and to the

dispatch center (4-20mA analoge output), regarding the "Desired Value" reading.

10.5.11.6Voltage regulator shall include the hardware and software required for a TCP/IP

ETHERNET LAN communication with the SCS.

10.5.11.7 Voltage regulator software shall fulfill the requirements of APPENDIX 9

10.5.11.8 Voltage regulator shall comply with the requirements of IEC standard:

10.5.11.9Voltage regulator shall be connected to the station communication LAN by a

standard connector

10.5.11.10Voltage regulator and all other static equipment shall be protected against

shocks, vibrations, electromagnetic influence etc.

10.5.11.11 Auxiliary power supply (V DC)

10.5.11.12 Power frequency withstand voltage 50 Hz (1 min) at least (kV rms)

10.5.11.13 Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 µsec at least (kV peak)

10.5.11.14 Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2, frequency range (Hz) )

10.5.11.15 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

RJ45

IP 50

IEC 61850, Edition 2

5

2.5

60±20%

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 47

Page 49: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.12 TRANSFORMER CONTROL BOX

10.5.12.1

All necessary equipment for cooling system automatic control shall be

assembled in a weatherproof, hot-dip galvanized metal or aluminum control box,

with doors provided with gaskets and locks, mounted on transformer tank

Conforming standards

10.5.12.2 The control box shall include:

10.5.12.2.1One (1) incoming power supply circuit breaker with overcurrent protection relay

shall be provided with switching capacity (kA):

10.5.12.2.2 One (1) electric outlet:

10.5.12.2.3 MCBs for heater and light supply circuits

10.5.12.2.4 Heater 230V AC with thermostats

10.5.12.2.4.1 Number of heaters

10.5.12.2.4.2 Rated power per heater (W)

10.5.12.2.5 LED lamp with a door switch

10.5.12.2.6Door for front access, handles, locking facilities (key locks) and all equipment

required for local operation

10.5.12.2.7 An alarm signal shall be provided for opened control box door.

10.5.12.2.8 Terminal blocks for Purchaser’s wiring and cable connections

10.5.12.2.9 Glands on the bottom of control box

10.5.12.2.10 Drain holes at low points of box and conduits

10.5.12.3 Degree of protection, acc. to IEC 60529:

10.5.12.4 Electromagnetic Control box code, according to

10.5.12.4.1 Shall be at least

10.5.12.5 Material of the control box

10.5.12.6 Thickness of the control box, at least (mm)

10.5.12.7 The control box coating system shall be according to APPENDIX 7

10.5.12.8 The control box shall be supported by suitable vibration damping device

10.5.12.9The control box shall be accessible from ground level for operation by a

workman. Maximum height above ground (mm):

10.5.13 WIRING

10.5.13.1Wiring shall be designed according to enclosed EPD-A.03/2004 Standard

(APPENDIX 14) unless is required otherwise in this Specification

10.5.13.2 Purchaser's power supply voltages are as follows:

10.5.13.2.1 Heating and lighting circuits (V AC)

10.5.13.2.2 Motors (V AC)

10.5.13.2.3 Control circuits (V DC)

10.5.13.2.4 Alarm circuits (V DC)

10.5.13.3All the wiring for power supply, control and alarm circuits shall be done through

metallic conduit or shielded cables, earthed on both sides.

10.5.13.3.1 Minimum shielded conductive fabric attenuation:

10.5.13.3.1.1 At the range of 10 kHz to 100 kHz (db)

10.5.13.3.1.2 At the range of 100 kHz to 1 GHz (db)

230

©

IP55

230 VAC, 16 A

IEC 61439

15

hot-dip galvanized metal

or aluminum

400

220

1.5

230 VAC, 5W

70

80

60

EM4677xx

IEC 61000-5-7

2300

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 48

Page 50: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.13.4Control or accessory equipment wiring shall be carried out with flexible

conductors, with cross-section as follows:

10.5.13.4.1 Control and alarm circuits (mm2)

10.5.13.4.2 Secondary circuits of bushing current transformers (mm2)

10.5.13.5 All control or accessory equipment wiring enclosures shall be earthed

10.5.13.6 Terminal blocks in OLTC and transformer control box shall be acording.to:

10.5.13.7Control and instrument wiring, alarm leads and instrument transformer

secondaries shall be terminated at terminal blocks

10.5.13.8Terminal blocks shall be spaced to allow 1½” (inch) clearance on all sides. Free

space shall be provided for Purchaser’s incoming leads

10.5.13.9 The size of Purchaser’s incoming conduits, at least:

10.5.13.1010% of the terminals shall be left free at Purchaser’s disposal, in each terminal

block

10.5.13.11The assembled control equipment and wiring connections shall be subjected at

the factory to an 1 min. 50 Hz power frequency withstand test, according to:

10.5.13.11.1 Wiring for aux. power and control circuits at (kV AC)

10.5.13.11.2 Wiring for CT's secondary windings (kV AC)

10.5.14 GASKETS

10.5.14.1The necessary gaskets shall be tight under all conditions. Means shall be

provided to prevent overpressure of the gaskets.

10.5.14.2 Material of gaskets shall not deteriorate under the action of hot oil.

10.5.14.3 The materials used in gaskets production shall be corrosive sulfur free

10.5.14.4Gaskets between metal surfaces shall be set in grooves so that all parts are

bolted metal to metal.

10.5.15 TRANSFORMER COATING APPLICATION SYSTEM

10.5.15.1Coating of transformer metal components (cover, outside/inside tank,

conservator, radiators, pipe system etc.) shall be according to APPENDIX 8.

10.5.15.2Manufacturer undertakes to comply quality control requirements according to

APPENDIX 8.

10.5.15.3The coating repairs after test shall be according to APPENDIX 8 and collected in

a summary report attached to transformer test reports.

10.5.15.4

Transformer oil, coating layers, insulating materials and all other components

must not chemically react and must not interfere with each other under normal

operating conditions.

10.5.16 TRANSFORMER'S EARTH CONNECTIONS

10.5.16.1Transformer earthing shall include all metallic parts which are normally not

energized (tank, radiators, conservator, pipes, control box, etc.)

10.5.16.2Four (4) earthing pads with tapped holes shall be welded, one on each side of

transformer tank.

10.5.16.3Earthing pads shall be copper coated and marked. with appropriate graphical

symbols.

10.5.16.4 Rated short-time withstand current of earthing pads for 1 s (kA)

10.5.16.5 Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)

10.5.16.6

Maximum potential difference between any point of the equipment and the

nearest earthing pad or between any two points of adjacent equipment shall not

exceed, for the maximum internal or external fault current (V)

10.5.16.7 Flanged joints provided with gaskets shall be galvanically connected

10.5.16.8 All parts on transformer cover shall be connected to it's earthing terminals

APPENDIX 14 (EPD):

sbcl. 3.1.7

2.5

4

2

2”

50

125

50

synthetic rubber

IEC 60076-3 clause 9

1.5

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 49

Page 51: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.16.9Earthing of the magnetic core shall be performed according to subclause

10.5.1.13

10.5.16.10The OLTC cover shall be earthed by two (2) opposite points parallel with the long

transformer axis

10.5.16.11 Additional earthing points shall be provided as follows:

10.5.16.11.1 On CT's housing

10.5.16.11.2 Near to OLTC cover

10.5.16.11.3 Near to HV bushings

10.5.16.12In order to assure earthing path continuity, grounding straps between cover and

tank shall be provided

10.5.16.13Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendations for earthing system and

an earthing drawing

10.5.17 SKIDS AND WHEELS

10.5.17.1The bottom of power transformer shall be provided with a steel skid base,

suitable for pulling in directions parallel to both center lines of the tank.

10.5.17.2 The skid base of transformer shall be prepared for installing wheels assembly

10.5.17.3Pulling eyes at base of transformer for moving the transformer parallel to either

center line of transformer shall be provided

10.5.17.4Transformer wheels shall be able to turn in both directions, parallel to the center

lines of transformer tank.

10.5.17.5 Transformer wheels shall be suitable for rails of type:

10.5.17.6Transformer wheels and their mounting details shall be according to Drawing

No.1

10.5.17.7Adequate equipment for blocking the wheels after transformer installation shall

be provided.

10.5.17.8Location, size and length of field welds shall be indicated on the equipment

outline drawing

10.5.18 FOUNDATION

10.5.18.1

The transformer shall be fixed firmly to its foundation to avoid transformer

moving in any direction in case of a seismic event as defined under subclause

10.1.2.3

10.5.18.2Two concrete beams running at right angles to a line through the high voltage

bushings will be used to support the transformer.

10.5.18.2.1 A drawing for Transformer anchoring to the concrete beams shall be provided.

10.5.18.2.2The anchorage welds of the transformer to the support shall fulfill the

requirements of :

10.5.18.3

Two rails running at right angles to a line through the HV bushings will be used to

support the transformer (Drawing No. 7). The required distance between rail

center lines (mm):

10.5.18.4

Two rails running parallel to a line through the HV bushings will be used to

transport the transformer through the handling corridor (Drawing No. 7). The

required distance between rail center lines (mm):

Drawing No. 7

Drawing No. 7

IEEE 693

APPENDIX D.6

1505 ©

S49 DIN5902 or

FRANCE-U50

2350 ©

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 50

Page 52: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.5.19

10.5.19.1

10.5.19.2

All transformer components shall successfully withstand for the entire service life

duration the climatic and environmental conditions as defined in subclause

10.1.2 .

10.5.19.3 Bolts, nuts and washers greater than 1/2" shall be:

10.5.19.3.1 Zinc coated by the method

10.5.19.3.2 Passivated according to

10.5.19.4

Components such as springs, pins and those for which a tight maintained

dimensional tolerance is required shall be made of stainless steel. The preferred

stainless steel is an austenitic grade; however, if physical requirements are

overriding, other stainless steel grades will be acceptable. Austenitic grades will

be subject to a solution quench. Prior to being placed into service all stainless

steel components will be cleaned and passivated.

10.5.19.5

All aluminum components shall be fabricated from grades of aluminum that show

resistance to salt spray and moist conditions; e.g., Al-Mg base alloys. Al-Cu

alloys are not acceptable. After fabrication, all aluminum components shall be

anodized to ASTM B 580-79 Type A, or equivalent (indicate the standard).

10.5.19.6All copper or copper-alloy components shall be electrolytically tinned to ASTM B

579-73 Service Condition SC4 or equivalent (indicate the standard).

10.5.19.7

Components such as sleeves or bushings having an inner face of one metal and

a supporting outer face of another, or conductors which are used with connectors

of a different metal, shall have their exposed interfaces protected against

moisture.

10.5.19.8All bearings shall be sealed type. The seal shall be guaranteed to be protective

against sand, salt spray and moisture for a minimum period of 10 years.

10.5.19.9 All grease packed bearing shall be shipped lubricated.

10.5.19.10All exposed metal surfaces of the transformer shall be coated according to

APPENDIX 8.

10.5.19.11 Other requirements:

10.5.19.11.1All materials used in transformer construction (insulation materials, glues etc.)

shall be corrosive sulfur free.

10.5.19.11.2 The transformer shall be vermin proof.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROTECTION FROM ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS

Due to the severe environmental conditions to which the equipment may be subjected during its service life,

the following requirements for its protection form an integral part of the Specification and are in addition to

the standard design and protective measures which Manufacturer would normally invoke for these

conditions:

Electrolytically or

Thermo diffusion

ASTM F 1135-99 Grade

3 Olive Drab color finish,

or equivalent standard

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 51

Page 53: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.6

10.6.1

10.6.2

10.6.3

10.6.3.1

10.6.3.2

10.6.3.3

10.6.3.4

10.6.3.5

10.6.3.6

10.6.3.7

10.6.3.8

10.6.4

10.6.5

10.6.6

10.6.7

10.6.8

10.6.9

10.6.10

10.6.11

10.6.12

Contractor/Manufacturer shall be responsible for transformer commissioning, in case it will be requested by

Purchaser

Contractor/Manufacturer shall submit a Commissioning Program for approval by Purchaser, three (3)

months prior to scheduled commissioning date. Changes or modifications to Commissioning Program shall

also be approved by Purchaser

Contractor/Manufacturer shall maintain an up-to-date record of all inspections and tests, which shall be

handed over to the Purchaser at the completion of the site testing and commissioning

Contractor/Manufacturer shall be responsible for making available to Purchaser a minimum of 2 (two)

complete sets of marked-up "as made" transformer drawings before leaving the site. Manufacturer shall

correct and reissue the drawings within 2 (two) months.

Purchaser shall be responsible for connection and disconnection of the new equipment to and from power

grid, including first energization of new equipment, with the advice and technical assistance of the

Contractor/Manufacturer.

Contractor shall be responsible for safety of commissioning.personnel and shall take all possible

precautions and be fully aware of the dangers involved in commissioning process.

OFFERED

Contractor/Manufacturer shall be responsible for supplying commissioning personnel with a good

knowledge in all relevant operations prior and for commissioning and will be requested to submit a list

giving name, experience and proposed duration on-site

Checking of indicating meters, relays, control and communications equipment and similar functions

associated with the existing equipment

Testing as detailed in tests on-site program, subclause 11.6

Putting the equipment into service

Inspection to detect faults which have occurred during transportation, storage or during transformer

assembly on-site.

Major failure or damage to equipment will require either its return to the factory or assignment of a special

crew to carry out repairs

Final check

Commissioning results shall be witnessed by the Purchaser technical staff and documented on forms to be

agreed upon by the Contractor. The record shall include other issues such as omissions or unsatisfactory

test results

Minor failure as failures in metering, relaying control and communications equipment shall be repaired by

commissioning personnel

Checking of station auxiliaries associated with the new equipment as A.C. supply, batteries and chargers

etc.

Preparation for use and procedures to describe the activities required to prepare systems for testing and

operation

Checking of rated data, connection, loading, etc. of the new equipment and necessary interface with the

existing equipment supplied by others

COMMISSIONING

The Commissioning Program shall include indications for:

All expenses (including transport to factory and return) in connection with damages and repairs as

described above shall be paid by Contractor

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 52

Page 54: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.7

10.7.1

10.7.1.1

10.7.1.2

10.7.1.3

10.7.1.4

10.7.1.5

10.7.1.6

10.7.1.6.1

10.7.1.6.2

10.7.1.6.3

10.7.1.6.4

10.7.1.6.5

10.7.1.6.6

10.7.1.6.7

10.7.1.6.8

10.7.1.7

10.7.1.8

10.7.1.9

10.7.1.10

10.7.1.11

10.7.1.12

10.7.1.13

10.7.1.14

10.7.1.15

10.7.1.16

10.7.1.17

10.7.1.18

10.7.1.19

Insulation resistance and polarization index

Expected man-hours required for periodical inspection and maintenance (hours)

Oil levels

Time period of Transformer operation under normal service conditions between successive checking of:

Valve position

Buchholz relay operation

Manufacturer shall ensure spare parts for transformer for a period of life duration

Number of months between successive lubrication of fan bearing and drives

Insulation of wiring

Necessary maintenance work

All mechanical couplings, contacts and other mechanisms shall be preadjusted and tested at the factory.

GENERAL

OFFEREDOPERATION & MAINTENANCE

Dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ)

Dissolved gas analysis

The transformer shall be designed for live-washing (automatic and manual) taking into account service

conditions described under clause 10.1.2 in this Specification.

Specify which individual part shall be adjusted, regulated or tested on-site before and during assembling

Acidity

Breakdown voltage

Accessories operation

Oil tightness

Operating mechanism of on-load tap-changer

Air vent

Active parts

Number of months between successive cleaning, painting and rust proofing of metal parts

Dissipation factor

Interfacial Tension

Water in oil

Antioxidant concentration

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 53

Page 55: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.7.2

10.7.2.1

10.7.2.1.1

10.7.2.1.2

10.7.2.1.3

10.7.2.1.4

10.7.2.1.5

10.7.2.1.6

10.7.3

10.7.3.1

10.7.3.2

10.7.3.2.1

10.7.3.2.2

10.7.3.2.3

10.7.3.2.4

10.7.3.2.5

10.7.3.2.6

10.7.3.2.7

10.7.3.2.8

10.7.3.2.9

10.8

10.8.1

10.8.1.1

10.8.1.2

10.8.1.3

10.8.1.4

10.8.1.5

10.8.1.6

A full spare set of gaskets for the transformer, OLTC, bushings, radiators and all valves shall be provided,

with instructions and drawings for identification, location and storage.

Participation in all the meetings required by the Purchaser in Israel, during the technical clarifications as

well as during the transformer entire life duration

Repair of systematic failures, design defects and latent defects, performing retrofits and updating of

relevant documentation

Repair services for the equipment, its subassemblies, modules and cards

Follow-on supports services shall be provided for the lifetime period duration of the equipment

Manufacturer shall conduct a Follow-On Support Program after the expiration of the warranty period. Terms

and conditions for its performance shall be included.

subclause 10.6.10

SAFETY

FOLLOW-ON ENGINEERING AND SUPPORT AFTER PURCHASE OFFERED

Automatic submissions of updates and corrections to manuals, drawings, catalogues, specifications,

reliability data and all other provided documentation.

The Program shall be defined under this paragraph and shall consist of:

Automatic submissions of updates and corrections to software. Update modules shall be field tested and

validated by Manufacturer

subclause 10.5.7.24

subclause 10.5.7.23

Assistance, troubleshooting, consultation at Purchaser’s facilities

Please refer to the following subclauses:

Subclause 12.14.1

Subclause 10.5.3.32.2

APPENDIX 2 "Reliability, Maintainability, Safety (RMS)"

subclause 10.5.16.2

Please refer to the following subclauses:

Telephone and written consultation

Subclause 4.2.4

Subclause 9.2.37

Subclause 9.3.4.26.1

Subclause 9.3.4.27

SPARE & RENEWAL PARTS

Notifications of new functions, applications or other software were becoming available for incorporation in

Purchaser’s System. The Manufacturer shall propose such software and its integration upon Purchaser’s

request

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 54

Page 56: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.9

10.9.1

10.10

10.10.1

10.11

10.11.1

10.12

10.12.1

11 TESTS & INSPECTIONS

11.1 GENERAL

11.1.1Contractor shall submit an acceptance test plan, according to requirements of

this Specification, at least eight (8) weeks before performing the test.

11.1.2Contractor shall notify Purchaser the exact date of performing the tests eight (8)

weeks in advance.

11.1.3

The tests shall be performed in a Test Laboratory which is accredited to ISO/IEC

17025/2005 by an Accreditation Body which has agreement signed with ILAC to

use the ILAC-MRA symbol in combination with the accreditation symbol or use

only the accreditation symbol.

11.1.4 The tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Purchaser representatives

11.1.5 The dielectric test sequence shall be according to

11.1.6During dielectric tests the transformer shall be equipped with the bushings that

will be in permanent operation

11.1.7All external components and fittings that are likely to affect the performance of

the transformer during the tests shall be mounted

11.1.8 The permissible tolerance for each test result shall be indicated.

11.1.9Contractor shall submit test data to prove that the design has the capability to

meet all the specified ratings as well as relevant test reports .

11.1.10

Routine, type and special test reports as well as the tests for main components

(bushings, OLTC, CT’s, etc.) of each transformer shall be submitted to I.E.Co.

for approval, not later than one (1) month from the date of performing the test,

in electronic (*.pdf format).

11.1.11

Contractor shall submit with test reports a list of all measuring instruments

including their accuracy class and type, test equipment, test circuits and

calibration certificates

11.1.12

During the tests, at Purchaser representants request, Contractor shall present

valid measuring instruments tests, compatible part numbers and calibration

certificates

11.1.13Transformer can be delivered only after approval of the relevant routine, type

and special test reports by Purchaser.

METHODS

REQUIRED OFFERED

OFFERED

IEC 60076-3

sub-clause 7.2.3

Contractor shall ensure the training course for The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. operating and installation

workmen.

CONFIGURATON MANAGEMENT

N.A.

N.A.

ERGONOMICS, HUMAN ENGINEERING

N.A.

TRAINING & QUALIFICATIONS

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 55

Page 57: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.2 ROUTINE TESTS

11.2.1

Routine tests shall be performed on each transformer according to IEC

standards ,except where indicated otherwise and relevant test reports shall be

submited.

11.2.2Routine tests for all accessories (bushing, grounding bushing, CT’s, etc.)

according to the relevant standards, shall be submitted

11.2.3 Routine Tests shall include:

11.2.3.1 Measuring of winding resistances:

11.2.3.1.1 HV windings, on each tap position, phase to neutral

11.2.3.1.2 HV windings, on first, principal and last tap position, phase to phase

11.2.3.1.3 XV windings, phase to neutral and phase to phase

11.2.3.1.4 YV windings, phase to neutral and phase to phase

11.2.3.1.5 TV windings

11.2.3.2Measuring of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement on each tap

position.

11.2.3.3

Measuring of short-circuit impedance and load loss shall be performed at

principal tap and on the highest and lowest tap, according to sub-clauses

10.3.16, 10.3.27.4 and to:

11.2.3.4 Measuring of no-load loss and current at:

11.2.3.4.1 90% of rated voltage

11.2.3.4.2 100% of rated voltage

11.2.3.4.3 105.6% of rated voltage

11.2.3.4.4 110% of rated voltage

11.2.3.5 Dielectric Routine tests

11.2.3.5.1Chopped wave Lightning impulse (LIC) on HV maximum, minimum and

principal tap

11.2.3.5.1.1 HV (161 kV) line terminals:

11.2.3.5.1.1.1 Reduced level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.1.2 Full level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.1.3 Reduced level chopped impulse, one or more applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.1.4 Full level chopped impulse, two applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.1.5 Chopping time (µsec)

11.2.3.5.1.1.6 Full level full impulse, two applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.2 LV (13.8 kV) line terminals:

11.2.3.5.1.2.1 Reduced level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.2.2 Full level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.2.3 Reduced level chopped impulse, one or more applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.2.4 Full level chopped impulse, two applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.2.5 Chopping time (µsec)

11.2.3.5.1.2.6 Full level full impulse, two applications (kV peak)

IEC 60076-3

3÷6

3÷6

110

130

110

650

IEC 60076-1

subcl.11.5

750

IEC 60076-1

subcl.11.3

IEC 60076-1

subcl.11.4

650

©

IEC 60076-1

clause 11

IEC 60076-1

subcl.11.2

IEC 60076-3

subclause 13.3

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 56

Page 58: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.2.3.5.1.3 TV - tertiary stabilizing winding(s)

11.2.3.5.1.3.1 Reduced level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.3.2 Full level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.3.3 Reduced level chopped impulse, one or more applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.3.4 Full level chopped impulse, two applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.1.3.5 Chopping time (µsec)

11.2.3.5.1.3.6 Full level full impulse, two applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.2 Lightning impulse neutral terminals by direct application (LIN)

11.2.3.5.2.1 HV (161 kV) neutral terminals:

11.2.3.5.2.1.1 Reduced level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.2.1.2 Full level full impulse, three applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.2.2 LV (13.8 kV) neutral terminals:

11.2.3.5.2.2.1 Reduced level full impulse, one application (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.2.2.2 Full level full impulse, three applications (kV peak)

11.2.3.5.2.3A neutral current measurement shall follow each application, if current records

are not obtained simultaneously with voltage records.

11.2.3.5.3 Applied voltage test (AV)

11.2.3.5.3.1 HV line terminals (kV rms)

11.2.3.5.3.2 HV neutral terminal (kV rms)

11.2.3.5.3.3 LV line terminals (kV rms)

11.2.3.5.3.4 LV neutral terminals (kV rms)

11.2.3.5.3.5 TV winding (kV rms)

11.2.3.5.4 Induced voltage test with partial discharge measurements (IVPD)

11.2.3.5.4.1The test shall be performed in a symmetrical three-phase connection at HV

principal tap position, voltage supply from LV side

11.2.3.5.4.2 Time sequence shall be according to

11.2.3.5.4.3 Test acceptance criteria shall be according to

11.2.3.5.5 Voltage tests (1 min.) for auxiliary and control circuits (AuxW)

11.2.3.5.5.1 The wiring for aux power and control circuit at (kV AC)

11.2.3.5.5.2 The wiring for CT secondary windings (kV AC)

11.2.3.5.6Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and winding

capacitance

11.2.3.5.6.1 A detailed list of winding pairs and guarded circuits shall be submitted

11.2.3.5.6.2 Values of tan δ at 20°C shall not exceed (%)

IEC 60076-3 cl.10

3÷6

450

110

185

IEC 60076-3

subcl.9

2

34

IEC 60076-3

subcl.11.3.5

2.5

IEEE Std C.57.12.90,

subcl.10.10

0.5

185

IEC 60076-3 subcl. 13.4

IEC 60076-3

Figure 1

IEC 60076-3 subcl.11.3

34

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 57

Page 59: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.2.3.5.6.3Measurement of tan δ and winding capacitance shall be performed at the

following conditions:

11.2.3.5.6.3.1 The test shall be made on fully assembled transformer

11.2.3.5.6.3.2 During the test transformer tank shall be earthed.

11.2.3.5.6.3.3 The measurement shall be performed at (kV):

11.2.3.5.6.3.4

The test shall be performed with guarded circuits, for three-winding transformer,

in the same zones the insulation resistance is measured (the following 11.2.3.5.7

subclause) and according to:

11.2.3.5.6.3.5In the test report, both measured test temperature and reference temperature

shall be indicated

11.2.3.5.6.3.6 Zones C1 and C2 of HV bushings shall be measured

11.2.3.5.6.3.7A table with the temperature correction factor in steps of 5°C up to the maximum

temperature rise of the transformer shall be provided.

11.2.3.5.6.3.8

For the first transformer, exact measurements of temperature correction factor

shall be performed during its cooling, after that temperature rise test is

completed.

11.2.3.5.7 Measurement of insulation resistance and polarization index

11.2.3.5.7.1

Measurement of the windings insulation resistance and of the polarization index

(the ratio of apparent insulation resistance after 10 min. to that after 1 min. after

the application of testing voltage) shall be performed, on each transformer, at

(kV DC)

11.2.3.5.7.2 Measurement shall be made between:

11.2.3.5.7.2.1 HV winding and Tank

11.2.3.5.7.2.2 HV winding and XV winding.

11.2.3.5.7.2.3 HV winding and YV winding.

11.2.3.5.7.2.4 HV winding and TV winding(s).

11.2.3.5.7.2.5 XV winding and YV winding.

11.2.3.5.7.2.6 XV winding and TV winding(s).

11.2.3.5.7.2.7 YV winding and TV winding(s).

11.2.3.5.7.2.8 XV winding and Tank

11.2.3.5.7.2.9 YV winding and Tank

11.2.3.5.7.2.1

0TV winding(s) and Tank

11.2.3.5.7.3Test Report for the polarization index measurement as well as variation of

apparent winding insulation resistance with time shall be provided

11.2.3.5.7.3.1 The minimum value will be agreed between Purchaser and Manufacturer

11.2.3.5.7.4 The polarization index value shall be higher than

11.2.3.5.8 Measurement of core and frame insulation resistance (1 min.)

11.2.3.5.8.1 shall be performed at (kV DC)

11.2.3.5.8.2 The measurement shall be performed between:

11.2.3.5.8.2.1 Each insulated section of the Core to Core frame

11.2.3.5.8.2.2 Each insulated section of the Core to Tank

11.2.3.5.8.2.3 Core frame to Tank

11.2.3.6 OLTC operation test

11.2.3.6.1 OLTC manual and automatic operation by means of voltage regulator.

11.2.3.6.2

In case of checking by means of voltage regulator, voltage shall be varied by

means of variac. The check shall be performed for both slow and sudden voltage

variations

11.2.3.6.3 Alarm signal for delayed transition from one tap to another

10

IEEE Std C.57.12.90,

Table 4

5

IEC 60076-1 subcl.11.7

& IEC 60214

IEC60076-1

subcl.11.12

1.5

2.5

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 58

Page 60: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.2.3.6.4 Forced outage of OLTC and relevant alarms

11.2.3.7 Oil leak test

11.2.3.7.1Oil-filled compartments and main pipe works shall be tested for oil tightness at a

minimum pressure of (barg)

11.2.3.8 Vacuum withstand test

11.2.3.8.1 Main tank without oil (kPa)

11.2.3.8.2 Conservator (kPa)

11.2.3.8.3 OLTC compartments (kPa)

11.2.3.9Permanent tank deflection after oil leak test and vacuum withstand test shall be

recorded in the test reports

11.2.3.10Mechanical test of transformer tank, oil level gauges and valves to prove proper

operation

11.2.3.11 Testing of bushing CT's

11.2.3.11.1 Magnetization curves for each CT core

11.2.3.11.2 Ratio and polarity of each CT

11.2.3.12 Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth and between windings

11.2.3.13 Functional tests for transformer accessories.

11.2.3.14 Verification of the correct wiring

11.2.3.15 Testing of Transformer bushings according to

11.2.3.16Routine and Sample tests for the hollow insulators performed by insulators

Manufacturer, according to

11.2.3.17Measurement of dissolved gases in dielectric liquid for each separate oil

compartment except diverter switch compartment, according to

11.2.3.18

Oil tests for each oil quantity existing in the different transformer compartments,

or delivered in separate containers (if any), according to APPENDIX 3 and IEC

Standard:

11.3 TYPE TESTS

11.3.1Contractor shall perform all type tests on first delivered transformer, except

where indicated otherwise and submit all type test reports, according to:

11.3.2 The type test reports shall include:

11.3.2.1 Temperature-rise test

11.3.2.1.1 Temperature rise test shall be performed for maximum current tapping.

11.3.2.1.2 Temperature rise test report shall include:

11.3.2.1.2.1 Oil and average-winding thermal time-constant.

11.3.2.1.2.2 Windings temperature rise (measured by resistance method)

11.3.2.1.2.3The report shall contain a table with the temperature correction factor in steps of

5°C up to the maximum temperature rise of the transformer

11.3.2.1.2.3.1For the first delivered transformer exact measurements shall be performed

during transformer cooling after temperature rise test completion

11.3.2.1.2.4 Top-oil temperature rise (measured by thermometer)

11.3.2.1.2.5 Oil and average winding thermal time constant

11.3.2.1.2.6 Measurement of power taken by fans

11.3.2.1.2.7 The external Infrared thermography of Transformer tank.

11.3.2.1.3A chromatographic analysis of dissolved gases in Transformer oil shall be

performed before and after temperature-rise test according to

IEC 60076-2 Annex C.4,

IEC 61181 & IEC 60567

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.1.2.2.a

IEC 61869-2

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.8

0.5

IEC 60137

IEC 62155

IEC 60296

©

IEC 60076-2

cl. 6 & 7

IEC 60076-1

subcl 11.1.3

IEC 60567

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 59

Page 61: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.3.2.2Determination of Transformer sound level (for the first delevered

Transformer)

11.3.2.2.1Verification of the declared sound pressure level for a batch of transformers

according to

11.3.2.2.2 The test, performed with the OLTC on principal tap, shall include:

11.3.2.2.2.1

Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer under no-load and

excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with cooling equipment out of

service, at 1m distance from the principal radiating surface.

11.3.2.2.2.2

Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer in operation at short-

circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with cooling

equipment out of service, at 1m distance from the principal radiating surface.

11.3.2.2.2.3

Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer in operation at short-

circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with cooling

equipment in operation, at 2m distance from the principal radiating surface.

11.3.2.2.2.4Measurement of sound pressure level of the cooling equipment in operation, with

transformer non energized, at 2m distance from the principal radiating surface

11.3.2.2.2.5 The enclosed APPENDIX 10 shall be filled-in.

11.3.3Type tests reports for main Transformer parts (OLTC, CT's, VR, bushings etc),

according to the relevant standards, shall be submitted

11.4 SPECIAL TESTS

11.4.1

Manufacturer shall perform the following special tests on the first delivered

transformer, except where indicated otherwise and supply test reports and

curves accordingly. The special tests shall include:

11.4.1.1Winding hot-spot temperature-rise measurement as a part of temperature-rise

type test under subclause 11.3.2.1.2 , according to

11.4.1.2If the transformer will be shipped without oil, the Dew Point test shall be provided

for each delivered transformer unit, according to

11.4.1.2.1Moisture content of dry weight on each transformer insulation shall not exceed

(%)

11.4.1.3Insulation resistance measurement tests shall be performed for each

transformer, on bushing CT's terminal block, at (kV rms) :

11.4.1.4 Switching impulse test for HV (161kV) line terminals (SI)

11.4.1.4.1 Full level, full impulse, three applications, each transformer (kV peak)

11.4.1.5Measurement of zero-sequence impedance, on each transformer according to

subclauses 10.3.17 and 10.3.18.3

11.4.1.6

Frequency Response Analysis (SFRA) shall be performed on each power

transformer to obtain a "fingerprint" reference used for comparison in order to

detect any subsequent internal mechanical configuration change, occurred

during transport or after fault events. The SFRA test involves the analysis of the

frequency response of each winding.

11.4.1.6.1

Tests on HV winding shall be performed in two tap positions: in the principal tap

position and in the tap combination that places all sections of the tap windings in

the circuit

11.4.1.6.2

When tests are performed in principal tap position, the previous tap position

must also be recorded. It is recommended that principal tap position

measurements be made after arriving from lower tap positions.

11.4.1.6.3 Bushings not under test, including neutrals, shall be unearthed.

11.4.1.6.4 Shall be performed 12 tests with the following connections:

11.4.1.6.4.1 2u-2n, 2v-2n, 2w-2n; 1U-1V-1W-1N open

11.4.1.6.4.2 3u-3n, 3v-3n, 3w-3n; 1U-1V-1W-1N open

11.4.1.6.4.3 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n open

11.4.1.6.4.4 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n short circuited

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.6

IEEE Std. C57.149,

Table 6

2.5

IEEE Std C57.93

©

IEC 60076-1 clause

11.1.4 b

ISO 4871

IEC 60076-10

540

1

IEC 60076-3,

clause14

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 60

Page 62: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.4.1.7Measurement of no-load loss and current by single-phase method on HV

winding, at 10% of rated phase voltage, as follows:

11.4.1.7.1Voltage supplied between terminals 1U and 1N, terminal 1V short-circuited to

1N, terminal 1W free (measurement A).

11.4.1.7.2Voltage supplied between terminals 1V and 1N, terminal 1W short-circuited to

1N, terminal 1U free (measurement B).

11.4.1.7.3Voltage supplied between terminals 1W and 1N, terminal 1U short-circuited to

1N, terminal 1V free (measurement C).

11.4.1.7.4The difference between measured no-load losses at symmetrical phases

(measurements B and C) shall not exceed (%)

11.4.1.7.5The difference between measured no-load currents at symmetrical phases

(measurements B and C) shall not exceed (%)

11.4.1.7.6 During the measurements, the neutral terminal 1N shall not be earthed.

11.4.1.8

Magnetization curves based on the test values, for voltages up to 110% (or

120% if possible) of nominal and on calculated values for voltage above 110%

(120%) up to 140% on each transformer.

11.4.1.9Thermal and dynamic ability to withstand short-circuit currents shall be

calculated, according to

11.4.1.9.1Short-circuit test reports for similar transformers manufactured delivered in the

past shall be submitted

11.4.1.9.2

In case the Contractor has the ability to perform a short-circuit test for the

specified transformer, a price proposal for this test shall be included in Annexure

"C"

11.4.1.9.3For calculation of short-circuit current at transformer terminals, the short-circuit

power of the HV system shall be assumed:

11.4.1.10 Measurement of the harmonics on the no-load current, on each transformer

11.4.1.11Determination of transient voltage transfer characteristics on each transformer,

according to

11.4.1.12

Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and the capacitance, only on

the first transformer, in the same conditions as required under subclause

11.2.3.5.6 , with the voltage applied in Increasing steps (of 0.2Un ) up to rated

coil voltage and reduced in similar steps

11.4.1.12.1Winding capacitance and tan δ shall be recorded for each voltage step on both

increasing and reducung voltage.

11.4.1.13

Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and the capacitance in the

emptied transformer (after tests completion and transformer draining for delivery

purpose). The measurement shall be performed only on the first transformer, in

the same conditions as in subclause 11.2.3.5.6 , in order to detect the location of

future faults (oil or active parts) Indicate the recommended test voltages for:

11.4.1.13.1 HV (kV)

11.4.1.13.2 LV (kV)

11.4.1.14 Testing of cooling system on each power transformer:

11.4.1.14.1 Pressure test for radiators

11.4.1.14.2 Testing of fans

11.4.1.14.3Automatic and manual operation of fans shall be checked. Automatic operation

and tripping shall be checked by means of a thermostat

11.4.1.14.4 All alarms shall be checked

11.4.1.15 Unreliability Demonstration Procedure, according to APPENDIX 2

11.4.1.16Coating tests of all coated components, on each transformer, according to

subclause 10.5.15.2

11.4.1.17Radiographic tests of tank, on each transformer, according to subclause

10.5.7.5.3.2

15 GVA

IEC 60076-1

scl. 11.1.4.e

IEC 60076-5

5

10

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 61

Page 63: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

11.4.1.18 List of additional special tests performed on the transformer.

11.5 EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION TO PROVE SEISMIC WITHSTAND

11.5.1The transformer shall be tested or analyzed to prove the seismic design. The

transformer shall be qualified according to.

11.5.2 The transformer shall be qualified taking into account the service configuration

11.5.3 Required seismic qualification level

11.5.4 Transformer performance level shall be defined according to

11.5.5The transformer shall be tested or analyzed for the required Response Spectrum

according to

11.5.6 Required qualification method for different kind of equipment:

11.5.6.1 Seismic withstand capability for:

11.5.6.1.1 Transformer only, no bushings or surge arresters:

11.5.6.1.2 HV composite polymer bushings:

11.5.6.1.3 LV porcelain bushings:

11.5.6.2 Transformer control box

11.5.6.3After shake-table testing, bushings shall be checked to fulfill the functional

requirements acc. to:

11.5.6.4After shake-table testing, bushings shall be subjected to and pass all routine

tests, as specified in the latest revision of:

11.5.6.5After performing the tests or analysis, Contractor is requested to submit for

approval the following documents:

11.5.6.5.1 Seismic analysis qualification report according to:

11.5.6.5.2 Seismic test qualification report according to:

11.6 TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION ON-SITE

11.6.1Contractor shall submit a list of all tests to be performed on-site, after mounting

of the transformer and during operation

11.6.2 Final on-site test program shall be agreed between Purchaser and Contractor

11.6.2.1 The program shall include the following:

11.6.2.1.1 Test objective.

11.6.2.1.2 Test intent

11.6.2.1.3 Required performance data

11.6.2.1.4 Prerequisites

11.6.2.1.5 Sequence of activities

11.6.2.1.6 Acceptance criteria

11.6.3

On-site tests will be performed by the Purchaser in the presence and under

responsibility of Contractor’s delegate according to the approved commissioning

program, required tests list in APPENDIX 6 and subclauses 11.6.1 and 11.6.2 .

11.6.4On-site tests shall include also a SFRA test to compare its results with the

"fingerprint" test, carried out according to subclause 11.4.1.6

©

IEEE Std 693

IEEE C57.19.00

IEEE Std 693/ Annex S

IEEE Std 693/ Annex T

Annex D.4.1-static

analysis

Annex D.4.4 time history

shake-table test. Annex

D.4.4.2 shall be used for

composite polymer

bushings shake table

test monitoring

requirements .

Annex D.4.5 static pull

test. Annex D.4.3/A.1.4

inherently acceptable for

13.8 kV.

Annex D.5.2

IEEE Std 693 clause

8.3.2 and Fig A.2

IEEE Std 693 clause

A.1.2.2.1 and Fig. A.2

Annex L.4.2, A1.3.1 at

1.5g

IEEE Std 693

Moderate level

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 62

Page 64: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

12 PACKING AND DELIVERY

12.2

In addition to the provisions of the relevant Tender's commercial annexures,

Contractor shall package all shipment in such manner as required to prevent any

damage to the equipment duringprolonged storage (2- 3 years) under the

climatic and environmental conditions described under clause 10.1.2

12.3

All components or accessories not included in the main shipment may need to

be shipped by Air Mail by Air Express or by Air Freight at Contractor’s expense, if

required by Purchaser..In which case such shipment shall be handled according

to conditions stated in relevant Tender's commercial annexures.

12.4 Overall dimensions of the transformer during transport:

12.4.1 Length (mm)

12.4.2 Width (mm)

12.4.3 Maximum height (mm)

12.5Weight during transport to site (data for loading transformer on trailer) shall not

exceed (t)

12.6 If transformer oil will be shipped separately, indicate oil weight (t)

12.7If transformer shall be shipped oil-filled, it shall be fitted with oil level shipping

gauges.

12.8 Transformer shipped partly oil-filled shall be completed with gas under pressure

12.8.1 Gas type

12.8.2 Gas pressure at 15°C, that shall be ensured until oil completion (Psi)

12.8.3 Gas pressure shall be monitored continuously until the refilling with oil.

12.9In case of gas leakage, standby means shall be provided to restore immediately

any loss of gas pressure

12.10

Manufacturer shall take all necessary steps to prevent any oil leakage, both

during transport to site and during operation. Such steps shall include, for

example: instructions for loading transformer on trailer, instructions for ensuring

protection of transformer against inertial forces in all directions during transport,

instructions for unloading, etc. as well as instructions for prevention of damage

during installation, instructions for prevention of damage in operation with

permanent vibrations caused by working conditions and with wind loading under

dynamic conditions etc. according to IEC 60076-1 and subclause 10.1.2.6 .

12.11All items shall have their lifting, jacking and haulage points and safe working

loads clearly marked at all stage of transport and installation period process.

12.11.1Bushings will be packed according to the bushing Manufacturer packing and

storage instructions and the package shall fulfill the following requirements:

12.11.2 Bushings shall be delivered in the bushing Manufacturer original package

12.11.3 Bushing inner terminal shall be hermetically sealed

12.12The package shall be provided with means for moisture control and supervision

and shall be appropriate for long term storage

12.13The main shipping piece (transformer) shall be provided with shock detectors in

all directions, having a minimum acceleration recorded level of:

12.14The spare parts can be delivered only after approval of the relevant

documentation (part number etc.)

12.14.1Spare parts and special tools shall be packed separately and a detailed packing

list shall be sent

12.15

All components or accessories shipped dismantled for field mounting or field

assembly shall be suitably tagged to show identification and service. Tags shall

be exceptionally durable and securely tied to items by wire or other approved

methods

12.16

Contractor shall supply three (3) months before shipment of the equipment five

(5) sets of complete Bill of Materials, to enable checking and identifying of

equipment upon receipt.

12.17Contractor shall mail before shipment of the equipment the relevant test reports

and shop inspection report

© 4200

nitrogen or dry air

5 (0.34 atm)

REQUIRED OFFERED

3g

80

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 63

Page 65: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

12.18Contractor shall include with the shipment a Bill of Materials to enable the

Purchaser to determine if all dissemble items have been received

12.19

The Contractor will be required to undertake to arrange on behalf of the

Purchaser and in consultation with and at the expense of the Purchaser for the

shipment in due time of the transformers to be supplied hereunder, on a vessel

suitably equipped for loading the said equipment at the port of origin, for carrying

the same and for unloading same at port of destination in Israel, and the

Contractor shall further be required to undertake to have the transformers

properly stowed on the said vessel, at Contractor's expense

12.20 Indicate shipping weight of:

12.20.1 Heaviest piece (t)

12.20.2 Dismantled parts (t)

12.20.3 Total shipping weight (t)

12.21 Indicate shipping volume of:

12.21.1 Heaviest piece (m^3)

12.21.2 Dismantled parts (m^3)

12.21.3 Total shipping volume (m^3)

12.22

During on-site mounting, Manufacturer's representative shall check that all

equipment received is complete and without faults. If there is a fault, the

Manufacturer undertakes in a reasonable time to repair or supply solution.

13 STORAGE AND HANDLING

13.1Taking into account the specific climatic conditions described under clause

10.1.2 , Manufacturer shall indicate:

13.1.1 The requirements for prolonged storage before installation

13.1.2The maximum allowed storage time not energized without equipment damage

(months)

13.2

Contractor shall submit detailed storage instructions for the specially designated

equipment and other items, which cannot be, stored outdoors. Such information

shall be available to the Purchaser in the due time to prepare the required

facilities

13.3Contractor shall prepare a detailed tabulation of all field-mounted items, with at

least the following information:

13.3.1 Item number, if designated in Proposal Documents

13.3.2 Contractor's shop order number (if any)

13.3.3 Number of items

13.3.4 Manufacturer and/or supplier, if other than Contractor

13.3.5 Type or catalogue number, if listed

13.3.6Short description including maintenance prescriptions and full instructions for

correct mounting

13.3.7 Shipping date

13.3.8 Shipping details

OFFERED

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 64

Page 66: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

14 NAMEPLATE & MARKING

14.1

The transformer shall be provided with an indelibly marked nameplate of

suitable weatherproof material ,fitted in a visible position and showing the

appropriate data according to

14.2

The nameplate shall be protected from UV radiation, withstand the service

conditions specified under clause 10.1.2, durable and readable during the entire

power transformer life duration.

14.3The reduced temperature rise limits indicated in subcl. 10.3.10 shall be specified

according to:

14.4 In addition the nameplate shall contain the following information:

14.4.1 Transformer Specification number

14.4.2 Sound pressure level at no-load with cooling equipment in operation at 2 m.

14.4.3 Sound power level at full load

14.5

All transformer main accessories (bushings, OLTC, current transformers, cooling

equipment, relays, etc.) shall carry plates with identification and characteristics

according to standards for such components.

IEC 60076-1 clause 8

OFFEREDREQUIRED

IEC 60076-2,

clause 6.3.2

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 65

Page 67: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

15 NOTES

15.1 COMMENTS BY MANUFACTURER ON ANNEXURE “B” AND SUMMARY OF DATA

15.1.1

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 66

Page 68: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

16

16.1

16.1.1

16.1.2

16.2

16.2.1

Contractor hereby certifies that he agrees to all provisions of the Proposal

Documents unless exceptions are specifically and clearly listed in the proposal

and identified as Exceptions.Contractor’s printed terms and conditions are not

considered specific exceptions. Any exceptions, which Contractor has taken, are

listed on page subclause 16.1.

Contractor hereby certifies that he agrees to all conditions of the cover letter of

The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd., which accompanied the Proposal

Documents.

CONFORMITY WITH PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS

In case no deviations are mentioned it will be understood that Manufacturer’s offer entirely complies with all

requirements in this Specification.

Manufacturer is requested to describe or indicate deviations of the equipment and accessories from Specification requirements:

DEVIATIONS FROM REQUIREMENTS

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

OFFERED

16.1.1.1

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 67

Page 69: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

17

17.1

17.1.1

17.1.2

17.1.3

17.1.4

17.1.5

17.1.6

17.1.7

17.1.8

17.1.9

17.1.10

17.1.11

17.1.12

17.1.13

17.1.14

17.2

17.2.1

17.2.2

17.2.3

17.2.4

17.2.5

17.2.6

17.2.7

DRAWING No.6 - EMPTYING BOTTOM VALVE DETAILS

DRAWINGS

APPENDICES & DRAWINGS

APPENDICES

DRAWING No.3 : Power transformer support for ladder- EVK-8496

DRAWING No.1 : Transformer wheels assembly proposal - EVK-8501

DRAWING No.5 - CT's CORES DESIGNATION

APPENDIX 4 - SELF INDICATING ORANGE-WHITE SILICA GEL COBALT FREE FOR USE AS

DESICCANT IN TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS

DRAWING No.2 : Provisions for surge arresters - EVK-8475

APPENDIX 2 - RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, SAFETY (RMS)

APPENDIX 3 - MINERAL INSULATING OIL SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

APPENDIX 13 - DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

APPENDIX 1 - BUSHING'S SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDIX 12 - PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING NON-CONFORMANCE

APPENDIX 7 - SPECIFICATION FOR COATING GALVANIZED TIN OR ALUMINUM CABINETS BY LIQUID

OR POWDER COATING

APPENDIX 11 - CONTRACTOR'S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

APPENDIX 8 - SPECIFICATION FOR COATING REQUIREMENTS OF POWER TRANSFORMERS

APPENDIX 14 - SPECIFICATION EPD-A.03 FOR CONTROL CUBICLES - ELECTRICAL WIRING

REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 6 - TESTS ON SITE

APPENDIX 10 - REPORT OF SOUND PRESSURE/INTENSITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND SOUND

POWER CALCULATION

APPENDIX 9 - CYBER REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 5 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

DRAWING No.4 : Safety fencing on transformer tank proposal- EVK-8497

DRAWING No.7 - Foundations and anchoring. General dimensions - EVK-8498

Cyber reqs

QUALITY REQS

TESTS ON SITE

COATING FOR POWER

TRANSFORMER

HANDLING OF NON-

CONFORMANCES

TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

WIRING REQUIREMENTS

DWG 5 CT des

BUSHINGS

DWG 6-EMTYING VALVE

dwg1 - WHEELS

DWG2 - DIMENSIONS

DWG3 - SUPPORT FOR LADDER

DWG4 - SAFETY FENCING

DWG7 - FOUNDATIONS

8AEA951C.pdf

24ABE58A.pdf

silica gel

OIL

rms

CAB COAT

ANNEXURE "B" AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-150

B - 68

Page 70: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

APPENDICES

1-14

B - 69

Page 71: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

APPENDICES:

APPENDIX 1 - BUSHING'S SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDIX 2 - RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, SAFETY (RMS)

APPENDIX 3 - MINERAL INSULATING OIL SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

APPENDIX 4 - SELF INDICATING ORANGE-WHITE SILICA GEL COBALT FREE FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS

APPENDIX 5 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 6 - TESTS ON SITE

APPENDIX 7 - SPECIFICATION FOR COATING GALVANIZED TIN OR ALUMINUM CABINETS BY LIQUID OR POWDER COATING

APPENDIX 8 - SPECIFICATION FOR COATING REQUIREMENTS OF POWER TRANSFORMERS

APPENDIX 9 - CYBER REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 10 - REPORT OF SOUND PRESSURE/INTENSITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND SOUND POWER CALCULATION

APPENDIX 11 - CONTRACTOR'S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

APPENDIX 12 - PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING NON-CONFORMANCE

APPENDIX 13 - DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

APPENDIX 14 - SPECIFICATION EPD-A.03 FOR CONTROL CUBICLES ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS

B - 70

Page 72: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

1.1

1.2

1.2.1

Type 1-H.V. Type 2-L.V.

1.2.3 p1-p2 p1-p2 =

1.2.4 s/p1 > s/p1 =

1.2.5 c > c =

1.2.6 α = α =

1.2.7 Da < Da =

1.2.8 SCD SCD =

1.2.9 RUSCD RUSCD =

1.2.10 ka = ka =

1.2.11 kad = kad =

1.2.12 Corrected USCD = Corrected USCD =

1.2.13 L L =

1.2.14 CF= L/A < CF= L/A =

1.2.15 l1/d1 < l1/d1 =

1.2.16 l2/d2 < l2/d2 =

1.2.17 tc ≥ tc ≥ N.A.

0.9

corrected USCD=RUSCD∙Ka∙Kad

L_total=(u_max/√3)∙corrected USCD

300

31 mm/kV

53.7 mm/kV

45 mm

10˚-15 ˚

6

4

4

4

1

according to clause 2.3.10 below

composite (polymer)

15 mm

BUSHINGS

Alternating sheds

Figure 1

Requirements for Alternating sheds type, Composite Insulator designed for Type 1-

H.V. and Type 2- L.V. bushings:

REQUIRED OFFERED

composite (polymer) parametersparameters1.2.2

B - 71

Page 73: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

2.1

2.2

2.2.1

Type 1-H.V. Type 2-L.V.

2.2.3 s/p > s/p =

2.2.4 c > c =

2.2.5 α = α =

2.2.6 Da < Da =

2.2.7 SCD SCD =

2.2.8 RUSCD RUSCD =

2.2.9 ka = ka =

2.2.10 kad = kad =

2.2.11 Corrected USCD = Corrected USCD =

2.2.12 L L =

2.2.13 CF= L/A < CF= L/A =

2.2.14 l/d < l/d =

2.2.15 tc ≥ tc ≥ N.A.

corrected USCD=RUSCD∙Ka∙Kad

L_total=(u_max/√3)∙corrected USCD

Requirements for Non-Alternating (Uniform) sheds type, Composite Insulator

designed for Type 1- H.V. and Type 2- L.V. bushings:

REQUIRED OFFERED

composite (polymer)

Non-Alternating (Uniform) sheds

Figure 2

300

31 mm/kV

53.7 mm/kV

0.75

45 mm

10˚-15 ˚

4.5

6

1

according to clause 2.3.10 below

4.5

2.2.2 parameters composite (polymer) parameters

B - 72

Page 74: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

2.3

2.3.1

2.3.2

2.3.3

2.3.4

2.3.5

2.3.6

2.3.7

2.3.8

2.3.9

2.3.10

2.3.11

2.3.12

2.3.13

2.3.14

2.3.15

2.3.16

s/pSpacing versus shed overhang is ratio of the vertical distance between two

similar points.

p1-p2 Shed overhang distance.

Terms, definitions and abbreviations

Parameter Description

c The minimum distance between adjacent sheds of the same diameter.

α Shed angle.

Da Average diameter – Da = (Ds1+Ds2+2Dt)/4

Specific Creepage Distance according to SPS class (e)

RUSCDReference Unified Specific Creepage Distance according to SPS class (e)

RUSCD=SCD∙√3

CF=L/A Creepage factor is a global check of the overall density of creepage distance.

l/d

The highest ratio found on any section, for example on the underside of a cap

and pin insulator.

l - The part of the creepage distance measured between the above two points.

d - The straight air distance between two points on the insulating part or between

a point on the insulating part and another on a metal part.

A Arcing distance of the insulator.

Ka Altitude factor - Ka = 1, for altitudes up to 1000 m

tc

The thickness of the SIR (silicone rubber) Envelope of bushing in its connection

zones with the bushing upper metal part (Head) and with the bushing bottom

metal part (Bottom Flange) at least 6 (mm)

Kad

Diameter factor

Kad = 1, for Da < 300 mm

Kad = 0.0005 Da + 0.85, for Da ≥ 300 mm

Corrected USCDCorrected reference unified specific creepage distance

corrected USCD=RUSCD∙Ka∙Kad

L Total nominal creepage distance - L_total=(u_max/√3)∙corrected USCD

SCD

B - 73

Page 75: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

3

Figure 3

Thickness of the SIR (silicone rubber)

B - 74

Page 76: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD. PLANNING DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY DIVISION RELIABILITY AND H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT

SR-150

___________________________________________________

RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY and SAFETY

REQUIREMENTS

OF

161/13.8/13.8KV 56MVA POWER TRANSFORMERS

FOR

SUBSTATIONS

VERSION A VERSION B

Name Date Signature Name Date Signature

PREPARED M. BEN-YEHUDA 25.6.17 meir

CHECKED M. CHAUSHU 10/9/17

APPROVED DR. H. BEN HAIM 12/9/17

B - 75

Page 77: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

2

RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, SAFETY (RMS)

1. Reliability

The Contractor shall present the reliability tasks and methods which he used to improve

the design for reliability, and to evaluate the MTTF/MTBF of the Power Transformer and its

main components.

The Contractor shall provide expected values for the relevant parameters of the power

transformer (see Table 1).

Bidder Reaction:

2. Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA)

The Contractor shall submit an FMEA report aimed to identify potential design

weaknesses. This report should be prepared according to MIL-STD-1629, or IEC-60812

(2006). The analysis will include compensating provisions and inputs to the maintenance

plan.

Bidder Reaction:

3. Maintainability

Contractor shall present his maintainability tasks and methods used to improve the design

for maintainability according to IEC-60706-2 (2006). Contractor shall determine the

following parameters for the main maintenance activities (see Table 2):

(1) List of maintenance activities.

(2) Duration time needed for maintenance activities [men*hours].

Bidder Reaction:

4. Failure Analysis

The Contractor will implement an effective Failure Reporting Analysis and

Corrective Action System. In case of a failure the Contractor will register the failure in

a Logbook, with the following details:

- Date of occurrence.

- Failure description.

B - 76

Page 78: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

3

- Operating time to failure.

- Failure root cause.

- Failure end effect (consequence).

- Failure classification (relevant/Non-Relevant).

- Time to repair

- Corrective action

Contractor shall submit a failure report and the analysis of the failures which occurred

during the service life of similar power transformers manufactured by him. The report

should include the withdrawn conclusion and the corrective actions subsequently

undertaken.

Bidder Reaction:

5. Spare Parts and Critical Accessories

Contractor shall present the methods he used to identify spare parts and critical

accessories, and submit his recommendation list for these items. Critical items shall be

identified in accordance with Task 208 of MIL-STD-785.

Bidder Reaction:

6. Safety

The Contractor shall design and manufacture his power transformer for I.E.Co. in such

manner that it shall not endanger in any way any human being, neither property, nor it

causes any environmental damage. For achieving this requirement, the Contractor is

required to use the most advanced engineering, and Safety Standards according to IEC-

60529

Bidder Reaction:

B - 77

Page 79: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

4

7. RAM Data

7.1 Contractor Declaration

Contractor shall declare the following RAM parameters for his power transformers as per

Table 1:

Table 1: RAM DATA FOR POWER TRANSFORMERS

MTTPM (Hrs)

MTBPM (Yrs)

MTTR (Hrs)

EOL (Yrs)

MTTF (Yrs)

ITEM

Power Transformer Oil Air Bushing Current Transformers Bushing On Load Tap Changer Tap Changer Motor Drive Tap-Changer Position Indicator Protective Relay for OLTC Fan Motor Fans Cooling control system

Oil Level Indicator Pressure Relief Valve Pointer thermometer for top oil temperature

measurement Pointer thermometer for winding temperature

measurement Pressure relief valve Buchholtz Relay Transformer monitoring system

Voltage Regulator Valves Main tank construction Mineral Oil

Active Parts (windings and core)

Where: MTTF : Mean Time To Failure. EOL : Expected Operating Life. MTTR : Mean Time To Repair. MTTPM: Mean Time To (perform) Preventive Maintenance. MTBPM: Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance.

Table 2: Main Maintenance Activities Data

Maintenance Activity Description

A Mean Time

[Hrs]

B Man Power [workers]

A*B Man-Hours [Hrs]

Where:

B - 78

Page 80: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

5

Mean Time = Mean time to perform a main maintenance activity Man Power = Number of required workers for performing a main maintenance activity Men Hours = Number of workers X time duration of main maintenance activity

7.2 Field Demonstrated RAM Data

In Addition to the RAM data mentioned above, Contractor shall submit also the following

information:

7.2.1 Quantities of similar (especially electrical rating features) power transformer

installed in all locations, each year.

7.2.2 Similar power transformer failure information like:

(1) Number of failure each year.

(2) Root causes classification.

(3) Mean times to repair/replace in the field (MTTR).

Please arrange the above mentioned information in the following table:

Table 3: Field Demonstrated RAM Data for power transformer Model No. ______ _________

Field RAM Data 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Total number of installed power transformers

Total number of repairs/replaces for any reason

Failures due to wrong design

Failures due to faulty production

Failures due to bad use/handling

Random failures

Mean Time To Repair/Replace

B - 79

Page 81: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

6

8. Unreliability Demonstration Procedure

8.1 General

Since there are only a few Power Transformers according to Annexure C in this tender, it

is not practical to apply a standard – classic reliability demonstration plan such as IEC-

60300-3-5, or IEC-61124. This fact is due to the long duration time expected in such a

demonstration. For this reason an “unreliability demonstration Procedure” (UDP) was

designed for this tender, and I.E.Co will prepare a UDP, based on the following principals.

In the UDP the upper limit for the MTBF, rather than the lower limit, will be calculated from

demonstration results, with given confidence level. Thus, this test will verify if the

demonstrated MTBF is worse than the required MTBF.

The purchased Power Transformers will be participating in a UDP after their installation, in

order to verify in case they do not comply with their specified reliability (Failure

Rate/MTBF). The UDP will be started right after the installation, and operation of the

Power Transformers, and will be performed by I.E.Co crew. Final parameters for the UDP

will be discussed at contract phase.

8.2 Reliability Requirements

The maximum acceptable failures rate, or minimum MTBFs are as follows:

(1) 0.01/Yr for Major failures (MTBF, = 100 Yrs).

(2) 0/04/Yr for Minor failures (MTBF, = 25 Yrs).

8.3 Plan Parameters

8.3.1 Test Time

The Test Time is the operating time summation of all tested units. It is measured in

Units*Years and depended on agreed contractor risks. In the further it was calculated for

contractor risks only. The more of units the less of years (calendar time) since the Test

Time it is fixed. In case of a failure, the faulty Power Transformers will be repaired and

replaced as soon as possible otherwise; the calendar time will be lengthening, to keep

Test Time to agreed Units*Years demonstration.

8.3.2 Maximum Number of Failures

Using equations: (1) and (2) in the following Par.8.3, the maximum number of failures

allowable is determined to be as follows:

- 1 minor failure.

B - 80

Page 82: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

7

- 0 (zero) major failures.

Description Minor Failures Major Failures

Test Time [Unit*Years] Ta=12 Ta=12

Calendar time of test [years] t=2 t=2

Number of failures = 2 1

Probability of rejection 0.007 0.113

U [Yrs] with CL=80% 23 114

Where:

r - Number of relevant failures.

- Contractor’s risk.

U - Upper limit for the MTBF

CL - Confidence level

8.4 Rational

If the number of occurring failures in t years is X, and the maximum failures allowed in that

period is k, then the probability of not passing the demonstration is, when there will be

more than k failures in t years. The probability is actually identical to Contractor’s risk ().

This risk is given by the following Poisson distribution formula:

k

0i

-t/i

i!

e)t/-1kPX

(

(1)

As is the required MTBF,

The upper limit for the MTBF, U, may be calculated by using the chi-square distribution:

,2r)2CL(2U

t2

(2)

8.5 Failure Policy and Consideration

(1) I.E.Co will implement a Failure Reporting, and Analysis System.

(2) All kinds of failures will be registered by the Failure Detector, in a Failure Report Form

(FRF) including those occurring during the Warranty Period. However, only the

B - 81

Page 83: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

8

relevant ones will be considered and counted for Accept/Reject criterion. The FRF will

include all failure information.

(3) In case of Systematic Failure the manufacturer will repair all the Power Transformers,

and perform a Corrective Action (preventive measures) to all the Power Transformers

including Power Transformers which already installed, to I.E.Co satisfaction. In this

case, the Failure Review Board (as detailed in paragraph 8.5) may decide, depends

upon the failure severity, to reset the accumulated test time, and to restart the RFD

from the beginning,

(4) In all other failures (Minor or Major failures) the time test measurement will be

resumed after the repair.

(5) Parts replacement due to and during preventive maintenance action will not be

considered as a failure.

8.6 Failure Review Board

The FRF will be presented to a Failure Review Board (FRB) for reviewing, discussing and

deciding. The FRB will be headed by an I.E.Co engineer, and composed of I.E.Co and

Contractor members. Only the FRB is entitled to decide any decision about a failure

(classification, repair, corrective action, etc.) after failure analysis and investigation. The

conclusions of the FRB discussion will be registered in a Reliability Demonstration

Logbook (RDL).

8.7 Penalties

(1) After and only after expiration of the Warranty Period even in the course of the UPD,

I.E.Co. will assume full responsibility for all repair/replace costs. Anyway, during

Warranty Period the Contractor will assume full responsibility for all repair/replace

costs.

(2) If the UDP is terminated in “Accept” decision, responsibility remains as stated in the

previous paragraph (para. 1).

(3) If the UDP is terminated in “Reject” decision due to Major Failures, The Contractor will

retroactively assume responsibility for all repair/replace cost and will extend his

Warranty for Major Failures only to additional period of ten (10) years.

(4) If the UDP is terminated in “Reject” decision due to Minor Failures, The Contractor will

retroactively assume responsibility for all repair/replace cost and will extend his

Warranty for Minor Failures only to additional period of ten (10) years.

B - 82

Page 84: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

9

9. Terms and Definitions

(1) Failure

A failure is any event where a Power Transformer stops functioning, or functions

outside of its specification limits, and requires a repair/replacement. The failures can

be divided into two groups, Relevant and Non-relevant failures.

(2) Non Relevant Failure

A Non Relevant Failure is a failure that was caused by one of the following events:

Incorrect installation, or not in accordance with Contractor’s instruction.

Misuse, or not in accordance with Contractor’s instruction.

Caused by test equipment.

External cause, “Force Major” etc. (i.e. lightning).

Secondary Failure.

(3) Relevant Failure

A Relevant Failure is a failure that could happen in real life, and was not defined as

“Non Relevant”. Also, a Relevant Failure is a failure that causes a Power Transformer

malfunction or undesirable operation (Including repair/replace, and logistic times).

(4) Systematic Failure

A Systematic Failure is a Relevant Failure that happens two times or more, and

therefore it required a Corrective Action. A systematic failure can be eliminated only by

a modification of the design, manufacturing process, or operational procedures. A

systematic failure can be induced at will by simulating the failure cause, and it is called

also Reproducible Failure (Systematic Failures group is sub group contained in

Relevant Failures group).

(5) Random Failure

A Random Failure is a failure that its root cause is of a “random nature”, and cannot be

defined as “Systematic Failure”.

(6)Major Failure

A “Major Failure” is a failure that causes a forced Power Transformer stop functioning.

(7)Minor Failure

A “Minor Failure” is a failure that causes a Power Transformer functions outside of its

specification and may generate undesirable action (Including repair/replace, and

logistic times).

(8) Secondary Failure

A “Secondary Failure” is a failure that was caused by another failure.

B - 83

Page 85: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

10

(9) Test Time

“Test Time” is the cumulative summation of operating time of all Power Transformers

participating in this demonstration.

(10)Failure Review Board

A Failure Review Board (FRB) is the body entitled to decide about failure matters. The

main task of the FRB is to analyze the failures, and especially to decide as to failure

classification, and Corrective Actions. The FRB made up from Contractor and I.E.Co.

representatives.

(11)Failure Rate

The failure rate, of a Power Transformer is the number of failures per operating time

unit.

(12)MTBF

MTBF is the mean operating time between failures of a Power Transformer. MTBF =

1/.

(13)Reliability

Reliability is a design characteristic defining the ability of a Power Transformer to

perform satisfactorily. Therefore, the Power Transformer reliability is the probability that

the Power Transformer will perform without failures, for a pre-defined period of time,

when used under stated conditions (in I.E.Co.’s customer site). MTBF is a reliability

parameter.

(14)Life Length

The life length of a Power Transformer is the time until the accumulated repair cost sum

up to the half of the price of a new one.

(15) Maintenance

Maintenance is any action taken by technical staff to:

Restore a faulty item to its operable condition after a failure,

Preserve the operable, or safety condition of a good item,

Test the operable condition of an item.

(16)Preventive Maintenance

Preventive Maintenance (PM) is the maintenance actions carried out on a good unit, at

predetermined intervals, or in accordance with prescribed criteria, and intended to

reduce the Power Transformer probability of a future failure, or degradation of the

functioning of the item.

B - 84

Page 86: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

RMS SR-150

11

(17)MTTR

MTTR is the mean time required to perform a repair (including checks) or replace of a

Power Transformer.

(18)Maintainability

Maintainability is a design characteristic defining the ability of a Power Transformer to

be restored quickly to its operable condition after a failure. Therefore, a Power

Transformer maintainability is the probability that a failed Power Transformer is restored

to its functioning condition, within specified period of time, under stated condition, using

stated procedures (defined by the Contractor), and resources (defined by the I.E.Co.).

MTTR is a maintainability parameter.

(19)I.E.Co.

Israel Electric Corporation Ltd.

(20)IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission.

B - 85

Page 87: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Israel Electric Corp. Ltd. חברת החשמל לישראל בע"מ Power and Energy Group חטיבת הייצור והאנרגיה

Generation Division אגף הייצור Chief Chemist Department י הכימאי מחלקת הראש

50מפרט מס:

24/01/2016בתוקף מתאריך: מפרט טכני לכימיקלים וחומרים

הנושא : INSULATING OIL 7מתוך 1דף מס'

שם המפרט:

MINERAL INSULATING OIL

SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT

שם תאריך חתימה

24/01/2016 מדאר תמירון גריסרו מריוס

הוכן ע"י

04/02/2016 ד"ר ויקטור מרקו

אושר ע"י

B - 86

Page 88: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

1. Scope

This specification covers new (unused) mineral insulating inhibited oil of petroleum origin, as

delivered, for use in Israel Electric Corporation as an insulating and cooling medium in new

and existing power and distribution electrical apparatus, such as transformers, regulators, circuit

breakers, switchgear and similar equipment. It also applies to oil delivered to Israel Electric

Corporation in new electric equipment and along with new electric equipment.

2. Reference Documents

IEC 60296:2012, Unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and switchgear

IEC 60156, Insulating liquids-Determination of the breakdown voltage at power frequency-Test method

IEC 60247, Measurement of relative permittivity, dielectric dissipation factor and d.c. resistivity of

insulating fluids

IEC 60422, Supervision and maintenance guide for mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment

IEC 60475, Method of sampling liquid dielectrics

IEC 60628, Gassing of insulating liquids under electrical stress and ionization

IEC 60666, Detection and determination of specified anti-oxidant additives in insulating oils

IEC 60814, Insulating liquids – Oil-impregnated paper and pressboard – Determination of water by

automatic coulometric Karl Fischer titration

IEC 61125, Unused hydrocarbon based insulating liquids – Test methods for evaluating the oxidation

stability

IEC 61198, Mineral insulating oils – Methods for the determination of 2-furfural and related

compounds

IEC 61619, Insulating liquids – Contamination by polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) – Method of

determination by capillary column gas chromatography

IEC 61620, Insulating liquids-Determination of the dielectric dissipation factor by measurement of the

conductance and capacitance – Test method

IEC 61868, Mineral insulating oils – Determination of kinematic viscosity at very low temperatures

IEC 62021-1, Insulating liquids-Determination of acidity – Part 1: Automatic potentiometric titration

ISO 2719, Determination of flash point – Pensky-Martens closed cup method

ISO 3016, Petroleum products – Determination of pour point

ISO 3104, Petroleum products – Transparent and opaque liquids – Determination of kinematic viscosity

and calculation of dynamic viscosity

ISO 3675, Crude petroleum and liquid petroleum products – Laboratory determination of density –

Hydrometer method

ISO 6295, Petroleum products – Mineral oils – Determination of interfacial tension of oil against water

– Ring method

ISO 12185, Crude petroleum and petroleum products – Determination of density – Oscillating U-tube

method

ISO 14596, Petroleum products – Determination of sulfur content – Wavelength-dispersive X-ray

fluorescence spectrometry

DIN 51353, Detection of corrosive sulfur – Silver strip

BS 2000, Part 346, Determination of polycyclic aromatics in lubricant base oil and asphaltene free

petroleum fractions – Dimethylsulfoxide refractive method

ISO/IEC 17025:2005, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories

B - 87

Page 89: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

3. Property Requirements for Insulating Oil (information shall be provided by the oil supplier) 3.1 M i n e r a l insulating oil as delivered by the supplier shall meet all the requirements of

IEC60296:2012 Unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and switchgear for inhibited oils.

3.2 Use of re-refined oil is allowed if it complies with all the properties listed in that standard.

TABLE A

Name of oil manufacturer:

Type of oil:

Property Test method Limits Supplier data

Unused Inhibited Mineral Insulating Oil Property Requirements

Test

No. Function

1 Viscosity at 40 °C ISO 3104 Max. 12 mm²/s

2 Viscosity at -30 °C ISO 3104 Max. 1 800 mm²/s

3 Pour point ISO 3016 Max. -40 °C

4 Water content IEC 60814 Max. 30 mg/kg

a/40 mg/kg

b

5 Breakdown voltage IEC 60156 Min. 30 kV/70 kV

c

6 Density at 20 °C ISO 3675 or ISO

12185 Max. 0.895 g/ml

7 DDF at 90 °C IEC 60247 or IEC

61620 Max. 0.005

8 Particles (counting, sizing) IEC 60970 See

d

Refining/stability

9 Appearance - Clear, free from sediment and

suspended matter

10 Acidity IEC 62021-1 Max. 0.01 mg KOH/g

11 Interfacial tension EN 14210 or

ASTM D971 Min. 40 mN/m

12 Total sulphur content IP 373 or ISO

14596 See

d

13 Corrosive sulfur DIN 51353 Not corrosive

14 Potentially corrosive sulphur IEC 62535 Not corrosive

15 DBDS IEC 62697-1 Non-detectable (<5 mg/kg)

16 Anti-oxidant Inhibitors IEC 60666 0.08-0.40%

17 Metal passivator additives IEC 60666 Non-detectable (<0.05 mg/kg)

18 Other additives - See

e

19 2-Furfural content IEC 61198 Non-detectable (<0.05 mg/kg)

20 Stray gassing 6.22 of IEC 60296 See

d

21 FTIR – fingerprint or other

method agreed between

IECo and supplier.

- See

d(please add relevant documents)

Performance

22 Oxidation stability IEC 61125:1992

(method C) Test

duration: 500 h

23 Total acidity f

1.9.4 of IEC

61125:1992 Max. 1.2 mg KOH/g

24 Sludge f

1.9.1 of IEC

61125:1992 Max. 0.8%

25 DDF at 90 °C f

1.9.6 of IEC

61125:1992 Max. 0.500

26 Gassing tendency IEC 60628:1985,

Method A See

d

B - 88

Page 90: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

a For bulk supply.

b For delivery in drums. c After laboratory treatment. d Results must be provided. e The supplier shall declare the generic type of all additives, and their concentrations in the case of antioxidant additives. f To be performed at the end of oxidation stability test. g The values should be without temperature correction. h A different value could be agreed between supplier and user depending upon local circumstances. i Shall be similar to the value before first filling (Unused Inhibited Mineral Insulating Oil Property Requirements). j By vacuum extraction.

Test

No.

Property Test method Limits Supplier data

Health, safety and

environment

27 Flash point ISO 2719 Min. 135 °C

28 PCA content IP 346 Max. 3%

29 PCB content (mg/kg) IEC 61619 Not detectable (< 2 total)

Requirements for Mineral Insulating Oils after Filling in New Electrical Equipment

Property Highest voltage for equipment kV

<72.5 72.5 to 170 >170

30 Appearance Clear, free from sediment and suspended matter

31 Colour (on scale given in

ISO 2049)

Max. 2.0 Max. 2.0 Max. 2.0

32 Breakdown voltage (kV) >55 >60 >60

33 Water content (mg/kg) g 20 h <10 <10

34 Acidity (mg KOH/g) Max. 0.03 Max. 0.03 Max. 0.03

35 Dielectric dissipation

factor at 90°C and 40 Hz

to 60 Hz

Max.0.015 Max.0.015 Max.0.015

36 Resistivity at 90°C

(GΩm)

Min.60 Min.60 Min.60

37 Oxidation stability i As specified in IEC 60296

38 Interfacial tension

(mN/m)

Min.35 Min.35 Min.35

39 Total PCB content

(mg/kg) i

Not detectable (< 2 total)

40 Particles (counting,

sizing)

- Should be made as a baseline for future comparison

41 Inhibitor content i -

42 Total gas content –

according IEC 61181 j

- <1% <0.5%

43 DGA according to IEC

61181 j

-

44 FTIR - fingerprint i -

B - 89

Page 91: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

3.3 Tests required at various stages in complete process for power transformers commissioning (>72.5KV):

TABLE B

Stage description TEST No. Test certificate by

1 i Bidder acceptance 1-29 Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

2 C.O.T. from oil supplier after order

confirmationa.

3-5,8,9,11,14-17,21,29 Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

3 Incoming inspection. 4,11,21 Accredited/approved Lab h

4 Afterf first filling, before electrical

testing at manufacturer site.

30-36,38-41,43,44 Accredited/approved Lab h

5 Afterf electrical testing at

manufacturer site.

43,19 Accredited/approved Lab h

6 Testing of oil before transformer delivery to purchaser, according to one of the following scenarios:

6.1 Filled with dry gasb and Partially

assembled.

1-19,21,22d Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

6.2 Afterf transformer was filled with oil

and fully assembledc.

17,30-44 (for test No. 37

seed)

Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

6.3 Afterf transformer was partially filled with oil and Partially assembledc:

6.3.1 Tests for main Transformer. 17,30-41 (for test No. 37

seed), 44

Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

6.3.2 Tests for separated oil. 44 (same as 6.3.1 oil) Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

7 i Testing of oil according to the destination of the transformer according to one of the following

scenariose:

7.1 Storage:

7.1.1 With option 6.1 afterf D.P. test, full

assembly and full with oil according

to manufacturer instructions.

32-35,38,40,43,44 Accredited/approved Lab h

7.1.2 With option 6.2 4,5,8,11,43 – After one

year

Accredited/approved Lab h

7.1.3 With option 6.3 and after f full

assembly and full with oil according

to manufacturer instructions

32,33,35,38,41-44 Accredited/approved Lab h

7.2 Purchaser station:

7.2.1 g Before energizing and after f full

assembly and full with oil according

to manufacturer instructions.

30-36,38,40,41,43,44 Pre-approved laboratories (see

clause 7.2)

7.2.2 Storage:

7.2.2.1 With option 6.1 afterf D.P. test, full

assembly and full with oil according

to manufacturer instructions.

32-35,38,40,43,44 Accredited/approved Lab h

7.2.2.2 With option 6.2 4,5,8,11,43 – After one

year

Accredited/approved Lab h

7.2.2.3 With option 6.3 and after f fully

assembled according to

manufacturer instructions

32,33,35,38,41-44 – Accredited/approved Lab h

a For 20 ton batch for each order or as agreed between supplier and purchaser. b Dew point < -60˚C c The oil will not be treated and/or circulated before energizing at purchaser site d The result should not postpone delivery. e According to commercial annexures (if it's include in manufacturer warranty/responsibility). f Sample shall be taken between 24 – 48 hours. g Each transformer have to perform 7.2.1 tests before energizing at purchaser station. h Labs that shall be agreed between purchaser and supplier. i The oil tests reports provided for current stage shall include also the reports of the oil tests performed between the

previous stage and the current stage.

B - 90

Page 92: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Note: The oil will be tested in storage up to 5 years according to paragraph 6.2 and limits therein. The

transformer oil will be tested also during operation within the warranty period once every 3 months

according to routine tests specified by IEC60422. Any excess of trends and limits will be a clause to contact

the transformer supplier and find out the cause for it.

3.4 Test at stages in complete process for distribution and small transformers (<72.5KV), one certificate is

enough for a group of 20 supplied transformers.

TABLE C

Stage description TEST No. Test certificate by

1d Bidder acceptance 1-29 Pre-approved laboratories

(see clause 7.2)

2 C.O.T. from oil

supplier after order

confirmationa.

3-5,8,9,11,14-17,21,29 Pre-approved laboratories

(see clause 7.2)

3 Incoming inspection. 4,11,21 Accredited/approved Lab c

4d Afterb electrical

testing at

manufacturer site.

30-36,38-41,43,44 Pre-approved laboratories

(see clause 7.2)

a For 20 ton for each order or as agreed between supplier and purchaser. b Sample shall be taken between 24 – 48 hours. c Labs that shall be agreed between purchaser and supplier. d The oil tests reports provided for current stage shall include also the reports of the oil tests performed between the

previous stage and the current stage.

4. Specific requirements for special applications

For transformers with higher operating temperatures or designed for extended service life, Israel

Electric Corporation may require the oil (catalog Nº 5236327) to comply with restricted limits after

oxidation test according to IEC 61125:1992 (Method C). Specific requirements oils are in generally

more robust to aging and can prolong the transformer life.

- Total acidity: max. 0.3 mg KOH/g;

- Sludge: max. 0.05 %;

- DDF at 90 °C: max. 0.050;

- Total sulphur content: max. 0.05% (before oxidation test).

5. Identification and general delivery requirements for separate oil

5.1 Oil shall be delivered in bulk, tank containers or packed in steel drums. These shall

be clean and suitable for this purpose to avoid any contamination. Israel Electric

Corporation catalog numbers (for the oils that comply with General Specification):

847103 (drums), 3177771 (bulk).

5.2 Oil drums shall be new and free of any internal coating.

5.3 Oil drums and sample containers shall carry at least the following markings:

• manufacturer's designation;

• classification;

• oil quantity.

5.4 Marking shall be accomplished by labeling or stenciling.

5.5 Paint type and/or sticker shall be water and oil proof.

B - 91

Page 93: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

5.6 Each oil delivery shall be accompanied by a document from the supplier specifying at

least: manufacturer's designation, oil classification and compliance certificate.

5.7 Israel Electric Corporation is free to send at any time an oil sample to any of the pre-

approved laboratories of 7.2, to check if the oil values of a specific delivery meet the initial specification. If any contradiction is found between the actual measurements and the certificate values, the oil can be returned to the supplier after further clarification.

6. Sampling

Sampling for any purpose, shall be carried out only in accordance with the procedure described in

IEC 60475.

7. Testing and certification

7.1 Potential suppliers shall include in their proposals:

• The table in sub-clause 3.2 including the type and concentration of any additive in

the oil;

• The original manufacturer's technical specification of the oil;

• The list of the laboratories measuring each parameter in the table in sub-clause

3.2. must be acceptable to Israel Electric Corporation;

• Certification of the quality assurance system of the oil manufacturer's production

line. The certifying organization must be known and accepted by Israel Electric

Corporation;

• Safety Data Sheet (SDS) of the oil.

7.2 Pre-approved laboratories for transformer oil testing shall include the following independent

laboratories:

• Doble Engineering Company - www.doble.com

• LABELEC, Electricidade de Portugal (EDP) – www.edp.pt

• EIMV - Electroinstitute Milan Vidmar (EIMV) - www.eimv.si

• SEA MARCONI TECHNOLOGIES S.a.s.-www.seamarconi.com

• LABORELEC - www.laborelec.com

• Siemens AG - www.energy.siemens.com/hq/en/services/power-transmission-

distribution/transformer-test-laboratory/

7.3 Approved products-see Appendix A.

B - 92

Page 94: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Appendix A- Approved Insulating Oil Sources and Types

This document lists the insulating oil sources and types approved for Israel

Electric use, as of 24.01.2016.

Oils that comply with equipment under 72.5KV

1. Apar Industries Ltd. - POWEROIL TO 1020 - 60 UX

2. Savita Oil Technologies Ltd. – TRANSOL GEX

3. Nynas Naphthenics AB - Nytro Lyra X

4. Shell Deutschland Oil GmbH – Shell Diala S3 ZX-I

5. Shell Deutschland Oil GmbH – Shell Diala S4 ZX-I

6. Petro-Canada Europe Lubricants Ltd. – Luminol Tri

7. Nynas Naphthenics AB – Nytro Gemini X

8. Ergon Refining, Inc. – Hyvolt III

Oils that comply with equipment over 72.5KV

1. Nynas Naphthenics AB - Nytro Lyra X

2. Shell Deutschland Oil GmbH – Shell Diala S3 ZX-I

3. Shell Deutschland Oil GmbH – Shell Diala S4 ZX-I

4. Petro-Canada Europe Lubricants Ltd. – Luminol TRi

5. Nynas Naphthenics AB – Nytro Gemini X

6. Ergon Refining, Inc. – Hyvolt III

7. Savita Oil Technologies Ltd. – TRANSOL GEX

In one transformer will be only one approved oil manufacturer. No mixing

of oils is allowed in one transformer even from approved oil supplier

B - 93

Page 95: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

:מפרטשם הSELF INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL

FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN TRANSFORMER

AIR DEHYDRATORS

חברת החשמל לישראל בע"מ חטיבת ייצור והולכה

אגף הייצור מחלקת הכימאי הראשי

Israel Electric Corp. Ltd.

Generation & Transmission Group

Generation Division

Chief Chemist Dpt.

מפרט טכני לכימיקלים וחומרים דומים

804 : מפרטמס'

25.05.2012 :בתוקף מתאריך

DESICCANTS הנושא: 3מתוך 1 דף מס'

חתימה תאריך שם 25.05.2012 איליה פרומין הוכן ע"י

נבדק ע"י

25.05.2012 דר' ו' מרקו אושר ע"י

B - 94

Page 96: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

SELF-INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL HEAVY METAL FREE

FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS -מחלקת הכימאי הראשי

3מתוך 2עמוד 25.05.2012.בתוקף מתאריך:

1. Scope

This specification covers self-indicating Orange Silica Gel with non-hazardous

humidity indicator, for use in Israel Electric as dehydrating agent for transformer

air drying equipment (Israel Electric catalogue No 5001635).

The silica gel shall contain an indicator changing a color from orange into green or

white (colorless) during the process of moisture adsorption.

The products shall not contain any material that has been regenerated.

2. Technical requirements

2.1 The material shall consist of silica gel in beaded form and free from

extraneous matter. The bead size of 90% of it should be 2-6 mm.

2.2 The product shall conform to the technical requirements given in Table 1.

2.3 Suppliers shall submit with their proposals:

a technical specification of the product, containing at least, the data

required in the Israel Electric spec N° 804;

Safety Data Sheet (SDS).

2.4 The regeneration conditions of silica gel shall be specified by the supplier in

Table 2.

3 . Packaging

3.1 The desiccant shall be filled into strong, sound clean, dry and transparent

packages (to determine the color of the product). Each package shall contain 1.2 kg

of desiccant, and it shall be hermeticaly sealed after filling. The packages shall be air

tight and capable of being easily opened (e.g. transparent plastic bags, which cannot

be torn).

3.2 The bagged desiccant shall be packaged in leakproof and air tight containers.

The containers shall be approximately full and shall hold an agreed quantity of bags

per container.

3.3 Each package and each container (both internal and external) shall be legibly

and durably marked with at least the following details:

- The material designation

- Manufactures name

- Distinctive lot or batch number

- Quantity of contents

- Date of manufacture

B - 95

Page 97: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

SELF-INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL HEAVY METAL FREE

FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS -מחלקת הכימאי הראשי

3מתוך 3עמוד 25.05.2012.בתוקף מתאריך:

Table 1. Property Requirements for Silica Gel

Properties Limits Supplier's Data

1. Chemical composition:

-SiO2

-humidity indicator

93 wt.% min

5% max

2. Apparent density, kg/l, min 0.7

3. New material moisture (100°C, 4h),

% by weight, max 2.0

4. Bead size:

-larger than 6 mm, wt%, max

-smaller than 2mm, wt%, max

5.0

5.0

5. Water vapor adsorption capacity, %, min

at relative humidity (RH) of air:

20%

40%

80%

10.0

20.0

33.0

6. Colour change indication range (start to

end), adsorption at 20%RH ± 7.5%RH,

@ 20°C, weight%

6-14

Table 2. Regeneration conditions (shall be filled by supplier)

Parameter Insert all data

in this column

1. Maximum temperature at which the

material properties are preserved, C

2. Recommended temperature or temperature

range for material regeneration, C

3. Recommended time for drying 1 kg of

white/colourless material in a layer 2.5 cm

high, by forced air at the recommended

temperature, to reach 2% moisture, minutes

B - 96

Page 98: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 1 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

1. GENERAL

1.1 In addition to the provisions of the General Conditions – Annexure "A" and

without derogating from the generality there, the Quality Requirements as

specified in this document constitute an integral part of the Contract between

the Purchaser and the Contractor. Implementing these requirements shall not

constitute any base/reason, for the Contractor to change the Contract schedule

and/or price.

1.2 The Contractor shall make all the necessary arrangements and prepare all the

required and necessary means to enable IEC's Quality Control Unit

Representative (see clause 2) to review, observe, audit, inspect, test and survey

the Work - at any facilities where Work or any part thereof is performed,

including those of Contractor and Sub- Contractors, without any additional cost

to the Purchaser or any change in the Contract schedule.

1.3 The Contractor shall nominate, as part of the execution of the Contract a

quality engineer or a quality specialist to control and manage the quality

requirements of the Contract. This person shall have the authority and

responsibility with respect to all quality requirements of the Contract (including

notifying the Purchaser about inspections, tests, etc.) and shall serve as

Purchaser's liaison for quality matters.

1.4 The Contractor shall be responsible that all of the Contract’s quality

requirements are known, accepted and performed by its Sub- Contractors.

Special attention should be given to Contractor's procurement control and its

Sub- Contractor's design control, process and manufacturing control, purchasing

control, nonconforming material/events control and inspection notification.

Upon Purchaser's request Contractor shall submit un-priced copies of purchase

orders pertaining to the Work/Contact.

PREPARED BY CHECKED BY APPROVED BY

B. Ben-Akiva

Q.C. UNIT

QUALITY ENGINEERING

Y. Shubinsky

Q.C. Dept. - North

MANAGER

R. Bandel

Q.C. UNIT

MANAGER

DATE AND SIGNATURE :

06/03/2011

DATE AND SIGNATURE :

06/03/2011

DATE AND SIGNATURE :

06/03/2011

B - 97

Page 99: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 2 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

2. DEFINITIONS, CLASSIFICATIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

2.1. CORRECTIVE ACTION (CA) – As defined in ISO 9000:2005.

2.2. QUALITY PLAN (QP) - Plan, prepared by the Contractor especially for the

Contract, in accordance with ISO 10005 which covers all Contract stages.

2.3. INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN (ITP) – a plan, specifying all the

inspections and tests for the Work throughout all Contract stages (from its

initialing through design, in process inspection, type tests, product

qualification, first article inspection, final inspection/s and test/s, packing,

transportation and supply to the Purchaser, erection - including Site Acceptance

Test and commissioning). ITP shall also specify Witness and Hold Points.

2.4. WITNESS POINT (WP) - a planned visit of the QCUR for purposes indicated

in clause 1.2 for specific point of the ITP or Quality Plan.

2.5. HOLD POINT (HP) – the same as WP but with the distinction that the

Contractor is not permitted to proceed with its planned activities without having

received Purchaser’s written approval.

2.6. NON CONFORMANCE (NC) - deviation from any specified

Contract requirement/s and/or from any quality characteristic of the Work.

2.7. NON CONFORMANCE REPORT (NCR) - a report, on Contractor’s

numbered serial form, describing the details of a Non conformance, from its

detection through disposition and corrective action(s).

2.8. QUALITY CHARACTERISTIC – Any identifiable property of the Work (i.e.

physical ,chemical, functional, visual, technical, environmental, economical,

statistical, legal etc.)

2.9. WORK - Scope of the Contract and the means to execute it.

2.10. QCUR - the Purchaser's Quality Control Unit Representative and/or any

authorized representative of it.

2.11. SPECIAL PROCESS - Irreversible manufacturing processes or processes

which require special or specific tools.

B - 98

Page 100: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 3 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

3. QUALITY PLAN AND INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN

3.1 The Contractor shall prepare QP and ITP for all stages of the Contract. These

plans shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval within fourteen (14) days

of initialing of the Contract by the parties. Contractor shall not amend, change or

alter any part of the QP and/or ITP without the prior written approval of the

Purchaser.

Note: ITP shall conform to Exhibit 'A' attached hereto or any other form

approved by the Purchaser.

3.2 Contractor shall not commence work prior to receiving Purchaser’s written

approval to the QP and ITP.

4. DOCUMENTATION

4.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser for review, along with the QP and

ITP, its quality and manufacturing/operations procedures that pertain to the

Work execution. The Purchaser has the right to receive explanations with respect

thereto. Contractor shall provide Purchaser with all amendments and/or updates

of documentation.

4.2 Special documents such as process procedures and inspection/test procedures

written specifically for the Contract shall be submitted to the Purchaser, for

review, comment and approval in accordance with Contract until the date agreed

in there, but not less than twenty-one (21) days prior to its use.

4.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser, for review, comment and approval

(as required by the Contract) all the process qualifications and the employees

certifications for special processes which pertain to the Work and are relevant to

the Contract execution.

4.4 Supplying Work which is not manufactured by the Contractor (under Contract

terms) and which he has no control over the manufacturing process, shall not

derogate from Contractors responsibility to supply the Purchaser with the

documentation and quality records as indicated in Articles 4 and 7.

B - 99

Page 101: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 4 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

5. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

5.1 The Contractor shall have available all test and inspection equipment and/or any

other means, required in Purchaser’s opinion, for the execution of Work and ITP.

5.2 If Contractor uses the services of a Sub - Contractor to carry out any

test/inspection required by the Work, only inspection companies certified to EN

45004 (level A or C) are acceptable.

5.2.1 Type test, Routine Test and Sample test shall be carried out according to

Contract requirements.

5.3 Any other qualification test (for mechanical equipment) shall be carried out in the

presence of the QCUR, followed by all quality records. The serial manufacturing

shall commence only after 1st Article/piece test have successfully carried out

witnessed by the Purchaser's QCUR.

6. INSPECTION NOTIFICATION

6.1. The Contractor shall indicate each inspection/test and notify the Purchaser of it

in advance. An ITP schedule (on a GANT form) shall be prepared by the

Contractor, within six (6) weeks after initialing of the Contract.

Indications of inspection/test dates may in any event not be less than six (6)

weeks in advance. Both inspection/test notification and ITP schedule shall be

reported to the Purchaser's Project Management. In addition to the above ITP

schedule, Contractor shall submit to Purchaser a final notice of planned

tests/inspections not less than twenty-two (22) Israeli working days in advance.

6.2. Should Contractor fails to notify the Purchaser of a planned inspection/test, as

required, or in the event Contractor carries out a test/inspection without the

required presence of the QCUR, Purchaser shall have the option of demanding

that Contractor re-perform the test/inspection in the presence of QCUR at a

time convenient to Purchaser and at no additional cost..

7. QUALITY RECORDS

7.1. The Quality Records stipulated in this clause shall be, either in Hebrew, in

dual/multi-language form with English, in English only, or if not available

translated to English by Contractor.

7.2. Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser copy of the quality records

documenting the inspections, tests or other quality operations of the Work, as

indicated in the ITP, QP and the Contract. All quality records of skipped or

missed WP and/or HP shall be submitted to Purchaser immediately after their

generation.

7.3. All Test and Inspection Certificates/ Reports of materials, operations and or

inspection/test, purchased or carried out for the Work and/or required by the

B - 100

Page 102: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 5 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

applicable Standards, shall be submitted to the Purchaser immediately following

their generation. These Certificates/Reports shall be original, in accordance with

EN 10204:2004-3.1, containing actual measured values, signed and attested by

Contractor. For any other document type, Contractor has to get Purchaser

permission in advance.

7.4. Contractor shall make available to Purchaser upon its request, for review and

comment, at Purchaser’s premises or other mutually agreed place (in Israel), the

quality records of any - Type test, Routine test, Qualification test, First Article

Inspection/Test, Process qualification, Special process and/or any other

inspection/test/examination required by Purchaser, after initialing of the

Contract, to evaluate the Work (at all stages) regardless of the QP and the ITP.

7.5. Submission of the documents and quality records, regarding the Equipment to

which the documents relate, to Purchaser, as specified in Articles 4 and 7, shall

be a condition, precedent to shipment by Contractor and payment by Purchaser.

7.6. Quality records of inspections/tests and/or of process control and process

evaluation pertaining to a Work such as shelf item, standard Equipment and/ or

already completed Equipment to be supplied to Purchaser between 30 to 120

days after execution of the Contract, shall be immediately submitted to the

Purchaser or at least 60 days prior to packing for shipment, respectively.

8. HANDLING OF NONCONFORMANCES AND CORRECTIVE

ACTIONS

8.1. It is Purchaser's policy to reject Work and/or Goods that do not conform to all

contractual requirements, unless acceptance is in the best interests of

Purchaser. Acceptance of nonconforming Work or Goods is the sole

prerogative of Purchaser.

8.2. It is the Contractor’s obligation to report to Purchaser about any nonconforming

item/event which pertain to the Work and are relevant to Contract execution.

8.3. If the Contractor fails to report about a non conformance on time, Purchaser

may request Contractor to dismantle the nonconforming Work (to witness the

NC) with no additional cost. The documentation and quality records concerning

this NC shall be immediately submitted to the Purchaser.

8.4. Each NC should be followed by corrective action/s (CA). A NC which is not

followed by CA shall be rejected.

8.5. Deviating from 8.4 can cause stoppage of the Work and its rejection till the

proper CA is taken by the Contractor.

B - 101

Page 103: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD.

ORGANIZATION, QUALITY AND SAFETY DIVISION

QUALITY CONTROL UNIT

Q - APP - 02

4

03/ 2011

PAGE 6 FROM 6

Spec. No.

Rev.

Status

Volume

APPENDICES FOR CONTRACTS / ORDERS TITLE

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SUB

TITLE

EXHIBIT A

I&T Plan FORM

CONTRACTOR'S: NAME, I&T PLAN TITLE, THE PRODUCT INSPECTED/TESTED, and DOCUMENT IDENTITY &

APPROVAL.

PURCHASER'S: NAME AND PROJECT''S NAME AND LOCATION.

No.

THE INSPECTION OR

TEST

APPLICABLE DCUMENTS

WP/HP OR

OTHER

INSPECTED / TESTED BY

THE REPORT /

CERTIFICATE AND

ITS REF. STD/ PROCEDURE

REMARKS SUB-

CONT./ SUPP

CONTR- ACTOR

PURCH-

ASER

OTHER

APPROVAL BY THE CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL

NOMENCLATURE:

B - 102

Page 104: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

TESTS ON SITE

1. Verification of shock detectors,

2. Verification of general mounting.

3. Verification of oil tightness at a pressure of 0.2 bar,

4. Verification of voltage ratio and checking of voltage vector relationship,

5. Measurement of winding resistance,

6. Verification of no-load losses and exciting current,

7. Verification of transformer insulation resistance,

8. Verification of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor,

9. Verification of oil dielectric breakdown voltage,

10. Verification of auxiliary circuits insulation resistance,

11. Testing of automatic and manual operations of OLTC and Voltage Regulator,

12. Verification of correct wiring,

13. Testing of auxiliary circuits: automatic and manual operation, alarm and tripping,

14. Adjustment of thermic and time relays,

15. Verification of thermostats (adjustment and operation),

16. Verification of protections,

17. Verification of bushing current transformers,

18. Verification of valves and flaps position,

19. Verification of oil levels and silicagel air dryers,

20. Sweep Frequency Response Analysis (SFRA) test.

B - 103

Page 105: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: Document in SR-149PRINT V_2017913

Page 1 of 5

.Israel Electric Corp. Ltd חברת החשמל לישראל בע"מ

Generation & Transmission Group חטיבת ייצור והולכה

Dpt. Chemist Chief - Generation Division מחלקת הכימאי הראשי -אגף הייצור [email protected] 04-8183362 - למלם דודא וציפויים עבצ

[email protected] 8183158-04 - ליטני שי 8185706-04פקס: 10.2.2016 27.4.2017

217-000260-2015

Specification for coating galvanized Tin or Aluminum Cabinets,

galvanized Steel or Aluminium Surfaces

by Liquid or powder coating

General

The specification deals with painting cabinets, Steel Structure or equipment.

The surfaces for coating can be one of the following: Hot Deep Galvanized, Electrolytic

Galvanized surface or Aluminium.

The coating application will be "wet" or powder coating (electrostatic Application).

Painting over galvanized surface requires an early experiment to ensure adherence to

substrate.

All the coating materials shall be of a single manufacturer.

Each layer shall be in different shade.

Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendation for painting procedure of all

interiors parts.

The coating application shall be engineering quality as outlined in SSPC standard PA-1,

and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions on the product pages. The finished

product shall have a uniform appearance and lacks liquidity, wrinkles or other defects,

has a uniform thickness in proportion to demand. The coating layers will firmly glue to

the substrate. The final color determined by the customer.

Shay Litani Elmalem David Dr. Marcu Victor

B - 104

Page 106: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: Document in SR-149PRINT V_2017913

Page 2 of 5

contents

1. Surface preparation for painting on Zinc ......................................................................... 3

1.1. On Hot Deep Galvanized surface ........................................................................ 3

1.2. On electrolytic Galvanized surface ..................................................................... 3

1.3. Galvanize Local repair ........................................................................................ 3

2. Coating application .......................................................................................................... 4

2.1. Galvanized or aluminum cabinets coating – 2 layers............................................... 4

2.2. Strip Coating ............................................................................................................ 4

3. Approved Coating Products ............................................................................................. 5

3.1. Approved Liquid Coating ........................................................................................ 5

3.2. Approved Powder Coating ....................................................................................... 5

4. Quality assurance ............................................................................................................. 5

B - 105

Page 107: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: Document in SR-149PRINT V_2017913

Page 3 of 5

1. Surface preparation for painting on Zinc

1.1. On Hot Deep Galvanized surface

1.1.1 Solvent Cleaning

The surface shall be cleaned without any dirt, oil, grease or any foreign matter according

to standard "SOLVENT CLEANING SSPC SP-1".

1.1.2 Surface preparation according to one of the following methods:

A. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning according to SSPC SP-7

Depreciation more than 10 microns of thickness of the galvanization is not allowed.

B. Chemical treatment

Phosphate washing (BS-3189).

1.2. On electrolytic Galvanized surface or Aluminium Surface

1.2.1 Solvent cleaning according to 1 .1.1.

1.2.2 Surface treatment in one of the following methods:

A. Roughening the surface with mechanical tool according to the requirements in the

spec and according to the TDS, with minimal damage to the zinc.

The abrasives shall be compatible for each surface.

B. Chemical treatment – according 1.1.2 B

1.3. Galvanize Local repair

Local galvanize damage shall be repair to 60 micron minimum (possible with 2

layers) with one of the following approved products (Israel):

Product distributor

Z.R.C "Carmel Handasa" ZINGA "m.b.l"

ZINC-GLAD 5 "Nirlat " GALVITE 90 E "Tambour"

B - 106

Page 108: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: Document in SR-149PRINT V_2017913

Page 4 of 5

2. Coating application

All materials shall be made by the same manufacturer.

Each layer shall be in different color (shade).

Approved Products for liquid coating – see table 3.1

Approved Products for powder coating – see table 3.2

2.1. Galvanized or aluminum cabinets coating – 2 layers

Offered

By MFR

Remarks DFT

[µ] Coating System # Hot Deep or

Electrolytic #

- - -

70

50

Liquid coating:

Primer: polyamide epoxy

Top: Polyurethane 2.1.1.1

Hot Deep

70 µ 2.1.1

120 Total:

- - -

70

50

Powder coating:

Primer: phenolic epoxy

Top: pure polyester 2.1.1.2

120 Total:

- - -

100

50

Liquid coating:

Primer: polyamide epoxy

Top: Polyurethane 2.1.2.1

Electrolytic

20-40 µ 2.1.2

150 Total:

- - -

70

50

Powder coating:

Primer: phenolic epoxy

Top: pure polyester 2.1.2.2

120 Total:

Surface

preparation

according to

coating

manufacturer.

Roughness

required!

50

50

Liquid coating:

Primer: polyamide epoxy

Top: Polyurethane 2.1.3.1 Aluminum 2.1.3

100 Total:

Surface

preparation

according to

coating

manufacturer.

80 Powder coating:

Top: pure polyester 2.1.3.2

80 Total:

2.2. Strip Coating

Before or after spraying each coat of a paint system, all areas as corners, edges, welds,

small brackets, bolts, nuts, difficult-to-reach-areas… shall be stripe-painted by brush to

ensure that these areas have at least the minimum specified film thickness.

B - 107

Page 109: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: Document in SR-149PRINT V_2017913

Page 5 of 5

3. Approved Coating Products

3.1. Approved Liquid Coating

Top Primer Manufacturer Supplyer

(Israel)

Tamaglass PU

(Aliphatic)

Epitamarin Uniseal brown

code 842-xx

or

Epogal code 644-xx

Tambour Tambour

Interthane 990 Interguard 269 International

Unicryl Epoxy HB 55 Nirlat Nirlat

Amercoat 450 S Amercoat TC 71 Ameron

Sigmadur 520

Sigmacover 522

Or

Sigmacover 280

Sigma

Acrolom 218 Duraplate 235 Sherwin williams Epolac

Carboline 134 Rust Bond Penetrating

Primer Carboline

55210/55610 15570/15300 Hempel

3.2. Approved Powder Coating

Code Product Manufacturer

182-xxx Or 192-xxx

186-xxx Epoxy Powder

Pure Polyester powder Tambour

Series 9000

Series 7000 Epoxy Powder

Pure Polyester powder Nirlat / Univercol

4. Quality assurance

The contractor is responsible to perform a quality control plan, document and to report

the results of the product testing.

Minimum Report:

Surface preparation before application (hold point) – roughness and cleanliness.

DFT – Dry Film Thickness of each layer (ISO 19840).

Adhesion test according to ISO 16276 (X-Cut test ( . Minimum level "1" required.

The Israel Electric Company may perform the continuity test standard NACE 188 (Wet

Sponge) Discontinuities shell be corrected by the contractor and his responsibility.

There may be additional checks according to the supervisor decision.

B - 108

Page 110: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: APP8-COATING FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Page 1 of 5

.Israel Electric Corp. Ltd חברת החשמל לישראל בע"מ

Generation & Transmission Group חטיבת ייצור והולכה

Dpt. Chemist Chief - Generation Division מחלקת הכימאי הראשי -הייצור גף א

Paints and coatings 04-8183362 - למלם דודא [email protected]

Fax :8185706-04 8183158-04 - ליטני שי [email protected]

2009-217-141707

24.11.2015 20.9.2015

Specification for Coating Requirements of Power Transformers

and/or Arc Suppression Coil

The coating system shall supply protection against atmospheric corrosion for periods at least 15 year

without need for maintenance, for the transformer and its attached elements.

Remark: in that coating spec "transformer" means "Transformer and/or Arc Suppression Coil".

Transformers shall be positioned in various environmental conditions. Some may be positioned in

deserts and exposed to strong and direct sun radiation; other may be positioned in a polluted-marine

environment classified as C5-M by ISO 12944-5. All coating systems shall be complying with

ISO 12944-5 C5-M as minimum requirements.

Paints shall be applied in shop in the frame of SSPC – PA1. Field painting is not permitted.

Internal surfaces shall be paint/coating protected as a routine procedure of the manufacturer, and can be

proved to be successful by documents.

The oil, coating layers, insulating materials, and all other components of the transformer must not

chemically react and must not interfere with each other, in order to keep the properties of each one,

under the operating temperature conditions.

In case of lack of experience in antiskid painting on the cover – the manufacturer may suggest an

antiskid solution that was composed by the paint manufacturer.

Cover coating shall be thicker and include tested antiskid solutions (Similar to MIL PRF24667B).

Only coating systems for which the manufacturer has previous successful experience shall be suggested.

All coating layers shall be by the same single paint manufacture.

The outer top-layer shade shall be RAL 7038. Internal shade (where applicable) shall be fair.

The transformer manufacturer is responsible for the paint and coating application quality.

The final product shall be good looking, homogeneous, free from leaks and shall have a good adhesion

to the transformer matrix.

Standards use in this specification: ISO 12944-5 Paints and varnishes -- Corrosion protection of steel structures by

protective paint systems -- Part 5: Protective paint systems

SSPC – PA1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel

MIL PRF24667B PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION: COATING SYSTEM, NON-

SKID, FOR ROLL, SPRAY, OR SELF-ADHERING APPLICATIONS

SSPC PA-2 or ISO 19840 Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness

Requirements

ISO 16276 "Paints and varnishes – Cross cut test"

B - 109

Page 111: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: APP8-COATING FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Page 2 of 5

B - 110

Page 112: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: APP8-COATING FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Page 3 of 5

The coating technical information shall be coordinated with the paints manufacturer and shall include at

least:

Coating procedure description

Surface preparation procedures

Description of application procedures

Required surface roughness

Special treatment of problematic areas (cover, thin edges, radiators, strip coats etc.)

Materials

Manufacturer name and address.

Generic classification of coating system.

The full commercial paints name, technical datasheets of the paints and materials.

Quality control

Quality reports and environmental conditions during application shall be given to the tank,

radiators and other elements separately.

List of Parameters to be measured and measuring standards (thickness, adhesion and their

scattering are mandatory).

Tests required:

Dry Film Thickness (DFT) shall be measured according to SSPC PA-2 or ISO 19840 (the

supplier has to declare which standard he uses as a routine).

Adhesion test shall be according to ISO 16276 "Paints and varnishes – Cross cut test"

(or ASTM D-3359), Level 1 required.

Previous experience:

Names and addresses of two (2) customers. Dates of application, project description.

Maintenance repairing instructions: for damages during shipment or erection or operation of all

painting systems.

B - 111

Page 113: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: APP8-COATING FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Page 4 of 5

Principal Options for Protective Coating

The supplier shall suggest a coating system for the approval of Israel Electric Corp. Ltd.

Such approval will include checking the suggested coating system to its purpose as well as

compliance with all requirements of the current document.

The supplier shall declare which option he uses for protection (see options A-D):

Option A

A Duplex system- Hot deep galvanized and painted (Information to be delivered by the

manufacturer):

Galvanizing transformers is routine at the manufacturer's (indicate two customers)

Galvanizing shall be according to "ASTM-A 153/2003 Std spec. for Zinc coating (Hot-Dip)

on iron and steel" or by an international or regional accepted standard.

The metal shall be suitable for galvanizing

Surface preparation according to galvanizer's procedures

Zinc thickness: 75 microns (minimum)

Surface preparation for painting (without passivation).

Paint system with 2 layers of 120 micron minimum thicknesses, except cover having 220

microns (minimum) and antiskid requirements.

Option B

Painted fused sprayed Zinc (equal to IEC's Spec. CL-100):

(Information to be delivered by the manufacturer)

Submission of method and workers audition certificates

Two customers' addresses with 5 years experience

Surface preparation for Zinc spraying

Zinc thickness of 100 microns (minimum) + coating: primer 70 micron and topcoat 50

microns, except cover having 220 microns of paint (minimum) and an antiskid requirement.

Option C

A 3 layer system Zinc-rich/ Epoxy/ Polyurethane

Zinc-rich base is the routine for the manufacturer (indicate two customers)

Zinc-rich shall be stated according to ASTM-D 520

Description of Surface preparation.

Total Thickness of 250 micron (minimum, with base layer thickness of 70 microns) , except

cover having 350 microns(minimum) and an antiskid requirements.

B - 112

Page 114: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File: APP8-COATING FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Page 5 of 5

Option D

A 3 layer system Epoxy/ Epoxy/ Polyurethane

Epoxy/Epoxy/Polyurethane is the routine for the manufacturer (indicate two customers)

Description of Surface preparation.

Total Thickness of 350 micron (minimum, with base layer thickness of 70 microns), except

cover having 450 microns (minimum) and an antiskid requirements.

Internal

Transformer manufacturer declaration that internal coating is a routine process

(indicate two satisfied customers).

Paint manufacturer declaration for compliance with mineral transformer oil.

Shay Litani Dr. Ehud Sutskover

B - 113

Page 115: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File num. 95

Date: 04/5/17

Senior Vice President for

Planning, Development and Technology

Transmission Planning, Reliability and Equipment

System Reliability & H.V. Equipment Dept.

CYBER REQUIREMENTS

1. The document contains two main subjects:

1.1. Security information of the equipment designing and manufacturing.

1.2. Network and security safeguards of the equipment.

2. The supplier shall agree1 to three documents attached to his proposal as follows :

1 In case of requirements that cannot be fulfilled, it shall be explicitly indicated by supplier.

2 © - Compulsory requirements.

3. Network and security safeguards:

The supplier that will stand the requirements of tender first stage (threshold conditions and compulsory

requirements),

would be requested to answer to additional cyber security questions at the secondary stage.

No. FILE NAME:

2.1

NDA - ©2

2.2

General requirements - ©2

2.3

Security of project (environment)

Publication Team Date

Prepared

Y. Cohen 25/4/17

D. Visan 4/5/17

Checked M. Cheausu 25/4/17

Approved

Dr. H. Ben-Haim 25/4/17

D. Berger 27/4/17

A.Aspurtas 4/517

B - 114

Page 116: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

File num. 96

Date: 04/5/17

Senior Vice President for

Planning, Development and Technology

Transmission Planning, Reliability and Equipment

System Reliability & H.V. Equipment Dept.

NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

AND PRELIMINARY CYBER REQUIREMENTS

1. NDA :

No parts of all the technological and management information in the specification may be reproduced, stored

in retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, photocopying recording

or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the RELIABILITY & H.V. EQUIPMENT

DEPARTMENT Israel Electric Corporation (I.E.Co.)

2. PRELIMINARY CYBER REQUIREMENTS :

The supplier shall confirms the following requirements :

2.1. Security plan – attached to proposal .

2.2. Willingness to perform security plan assessment by I.E.Co. representatives .

3. SIGNATURE:

3.1. Company name: ______________

3.2. Company’s representative name : ______________

3.3. Date: ______________

3.4. Sign: ______________

B - 115

Page 117: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION (IEC)

CUSTOMERS DIVISION

TRANSMISSION & SUBSTATIONS

TENDER'S FIRST STAGE CYBER SECURITY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

VERSION: 20-04-2017

STATUS: FINAL

APPROVED BY: ARYE ASPORTAS

B - 116

Page 118: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 2 of 10

Table of Contents 1. General 3

2. Topology & Secured Network Architecture 3

3. Hardening & Configuration Management 5

4. Additional Security Measures 6 4.1 Hardware Configuration & Device control 6 4.2 Detection of Unauthorized Software and Unauthorized Modifications to Software 6 4.3 Database Protection 6 4.4 Anti-Malware Detection & Prevention System 7 4.5 Software Updates, Security Patches & Signature Updates 7

5. Identification, Authentication & Authorization 7 5.1 General 7 5.2 Default generic accounts 7 5.3 User Authentication 7 5.4 Access Security Management 8 5.5 Appropriate Use Banner 8 5.6 Password Policy 8 5.7 Authorization & Separation of Privileges 8

6. Contractor’s Maintenance 8

7. Monitoring, Indication & Control 8

8. Application Security 9 8.1 General 9 8.2 Free of “Electronic Self-Help” Enabled Software 9 8.3 Obligation for Notification of Security Vulnerabilities in Contractor-Provided

Software 9

9. System Test 10

B - 117

Page 119: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 3 of 10

1. General

1) All system plans based on the principles in this document is subject to the approval of the IEC’S

Regulator. The contractor shall undertake to comply with any provisions of any annex which will be

added to this document. Deviations shall be permitted only with the approval of the regulator.

2) The Contractor must base its security considerations and requirements on the requirements of the

standards declared by IEC.

3) The Contractor must comply with IEC’s Information Security policies and procedures.

4) All security functions required by this Specification must be implemented in a non-interfering manner,

such that authorized and legitimate use of the system is not hampered, nor is the ability to perform

required functions impeded by the security features.

5) All equipment, servers, workstations, software and systems proposed and ultimately supplied with

these component systems shall be considered Critical Cyber Assets for the purposes of the system

and this contract.

6) All systems, networks, and equipment, as well as the equipment that defines the security perimeter

shall be treated and configured as Critical Cyber Assets.

7) All systems and equipment should follow international cyber security standards like “NERC CIP

standards”, “IEEE Standard Cyber Security Requirements for Substation Automation, Protection, and

Control Systems” etc.

8) All network and security equipment\ software designed for the purchased system, must be approved

by IEC.

9) Detailed Requirements for cyber security, hardware and system

configuration will be provided in the technical coordination phase.

2. Topology & Secured Network Architecture

1) The Contractor will not connect the system (or equipment, systems, and other items peripheral to

the main system) to the internet.

2) Each of the systems/equipment supplied, by the selected Contractor, shall include clearly defined

electronic security perimeters within which all associated system devices reside.

3) The primary access points through this perimeter shall be IEC-provided Firewalls.

4) Where technically feasible, communications shall be designed so that the most privileged application

shall initiate communications.

5) The Contractor shall provide documents and drawings depicting the electronic security perimeters, all

interconnected system components within the electronic security perimeter(s), all access points

through the electronic security perimeter(s), and all assets deployed or configured for controlling and

monitoring access to the defined access points.

B - 118

Page 120: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 4 of 10

6) The Contractor shall limit required port access to a minimum and provide a list of all required ports,

services and addresses requiring access through any and all Firewalls that support normal, emergency

and ongoing maintenance functions.

7) This will include ports and services required for basic operating system functions.

8) As directed by IEC, the Contractor shall provide assistance to IEC in helping to determine the minimum

required access permissions for the firewalls that allow a functional, yet secure, operation of the

system, including normal, emergency and required ongoing maintenance actions.

9) The Corporate network shall not have direct query or access capability to any data stores or processes

within the system.

10) The system network shall be divided into segments. The location of the various components will be

determined by criteria such as their functionality, use, geographic location, belonging to a particular

system, Belonging to a particular environment (Production/test/developments etc...), the protocols

needed for their operation etc. It should be emphasized that any function/criteria, as mentioned

above, must be placed in a separate segment.

11) No communication shall be allowed between different segments, except for operational needs

(such as synchronization between components).

12) There shall be a dedicated management segment for managing components out of band.

13) Shutting down management workstations at the end of a working day will not have adverse effect

on the operation of the systems.

14) A local management will be allowed only in a case of an operational malfunction, in which remotely

management is not possible.

15) Management connection shall be through a separation of communication (physical or logical) from

the production communication, such as a different NIC, a different port, a different protocol etc. The

management communication shall be encrypted for any component in the critical Infrastructure.

16) A communication control, in white list format, shall be implemented between the different segments,

including the management segment.

17) The control level shall be at least by the ‘Stateful inspection’ method.

18) Hubs shall not be used for communication purposes.

19) For permanent communication monitoring, a TAP shall be used. For temporary communication

monitoring, Span Port shall be used.

20) Only wired communication is allowed and wireless communication to the system components shall be

blocked (Such as WIFI, Bluetooth etc.).

21) In components which support time synchronization, the synchronization shall be from a centralized

Time source within the critical Infrastructure.

22) File & Print sharing services, within the critical Infrastructure, will be operated only from a dedicated

& centralized server.

23) Shares shall not be created on the end users workstations.

24) Network Connectivity:

B - 119

Page 121: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 5 of 10

a) In general, only outbound link should be established.

b) The outbound information shall be routed only to its destination system using a FireWall.

c) The connectivity will be operated by a hardware that executes only one way transfer in a

physical manner.

d) If inbound and outbound connectivity is needed, a double one way connectivity (without a

closure option inside the system/network). The inbound and outbound connectivity will be set as

defined above.

e) Where applicable, and/or requested by IEC, the Contractor shall propose additional network

security architectures, including “DMZ” networks and associated systems, to provide external

users access to data without impacting the performance, reliability or security of the system or

its component systems.

f) Where DMZ networks are proposed, the network configurations shall be implemented to

maximize the security of the system networks, while facilitating access to data resources located

in the DMZ.

g) Well-defined rules outlining required and authorized traffic must be implemented at all access

points.

h) Management of access control devices must be permitted only from a highly restricted subset of

management devices.

i) The contractor will provide a document describing each port used in each unit.

25) NAC (Network Access Control) shall be used for detection & prevention of any network component

that is not authorized or compliance.

3. Hardening & Configuration Management

1) All components in the critical Infrastructure will be dedicated for it.

2) A static IP address shall be assigned for every component. The IP addresses pools will be defined by

IEC.

3) The contractor shall provide a listing of services required for any computer system running the

system applications or required to interface the system applications.

a) The listing shall include all ports and services required for normal operation as well as any other

ports and services required for emergency operation.

b) The listing shall also include an explanation or cross reference to justify why each service is

necessary for operation.

4) All applications, utilities, system services, scripts, configuration files, databases, user accounts and

all other software not required for operation of the system shall be removed prior to commissioning.

5) All access permissions implemented during system development, factory test and site test shall be

documented and reviewed for removal prior to system commissioning.

6) The Contractor shall submit to IEC a written certification attesting that all access privileges have

been scrubbed.

B - 120

Page 122: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 6 of 10

7) All components shall be hardened in a way that will minimize cyber-attacks or surface cyber-attacks

and will expose the minimum ports and functionality needed for them to run. Hardening procedures

shall follow well-known hardening standards, such as NIST, the vendor’s best practices etc.

8) Any optional back-door shall be removed (Such as hard coded passwords etc).

9) The Contractor shall also perform hardening according IEC policy.

10) The Contractor shall document and submit documentation that the foregoing has been completed.

11) Error/Informative messages, displayed to the user, should not expose sensitive information, such as

versions, manufacturers, identifications of devices in the critical infrastructure etc.

12) Unsecured channels (for remote access or file transfer) shall be disabled, like TELNET, unsecured

RDP, FTP etc.

13) All security mechanisms within the controllers shall be operated and running.

14) Access for controller configuration will be made from a dedicated permitted workstation within the

critical infrastructure.

15) Source code deletion – The logical functionality, source code, shall not reside in the controller itself.

Only the final executable files shall reside on the controller.

4. Additional Security Measures

4.1 Hardware Configuration & Device control

1) The system shall support Device Control and DLP mechanism according to IEC policy. This

mechanism shall be implemented on all servers and workstations in order to prevent the use of

unauthorized removable media.

2) This mechanism shall be installed and running throughout the development, test, commissioning and

acceptance of the system to ensure that their performance impact is known and tested.

4.2 Detection of Unauthorized Software and Unauthorized Modifications

to Software

1) The system shall support Application Control\Whitelisting mechanism according to IEC policy. This

mechanism shall be implemented on all servers and workstations.

2) This mechanism shall be installed and running throughout the development, test, commissioning and

acceptance of the system to ensure that their performance impact is known and tested.

4.3 Database Protection

1) The system shall support Database Protection mechanism according to IEC policy.

2) This mechanism shall be installed and running throughout the development, test, commissioning and

acceptance of the system to ensure that their performance impact is known and tested.

B - 121

Page 123: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 7 of 10

4.4 Anti-Malware Detection & Prevention System

1) The system shall support Anti-Malware Detection & Prevention mechanism according IEC policy. This

mechanism shall be implemented on all servers and workstations.

2) This mechanism shall be installed and running throughout the development, test, commissioning and

acceptance of the system to ensure that their performance impact is known and tested.

4.5 Software Updates, Security Patches & Signature Updates

1) All updates to the operating system and application software addressing cyber security shall be

installed as specified in Software Maintenance, prior to installation on the production systems.

2) All security patches and upgrades to the operating systems, databases, third-party products and

upgrades provided by Contractor and application software shall be tested and certified by the

Contractor.

3) Critical security updates/patches shall be installed on all components in the critical infrastructure

(Hardware/Software/Firmware), including on virtual components.

4) Security updates/patches shall be accepted from the vendor according a process which will

guarantee their integrity and source (for example – updates/patches shall be digitally signed).

5) The frequency of signatures update will be determined according IEC policy.

6) The contractor shall undertake to provide updates/fixes to security gaps that found on all life-cycle of

the system (from the development, test, acceptance and operational use).

7) In any case that technical or operational reason does not enable to implement a solution to any

security gaps the contractor must implemented compensating controls to these security gaps.

5. Identification, Authentication & Authorization

5.1 General

1) Identification, Authentication and Authorization procedures will be implemented according to IEC

policy.

2) A well-known encryption & hashing methods shall be used during data in rest and data in transit, in

order to protect authentication credentials.

5.2 Default generic accounts

1) The contractor shall remove all generic accounts, guest accounts, development accounts,

maintenance accounts, and default accounts provided by hardware, operating system, database,

application program, and other contractors.

5.3 User Authentication

1) The system must support a centralized account management method to enforce access

authentication and accountability of user activity, and to minimize the risk of unauthorized access.

2) User Authentication, for any environment (test, development, production, management, etc.) shall

be accomplished using at least two out of three authentication methods:

a) Something you know

B - 122

Page 124: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 8 of 10

b) Something you have

c) Something you are

3) User credentials must not be transmitted in clear text.

5.4 Access Security Management

1) The cyber security controls shall be applied across all system’s applications and services and security

shall be managed as a single service for all component systems.

5.5 Appropriate Use Banner

1) Users accessing the system through interactive or maintenance access shall be presented with an

“Appropriate Use Banner”, the contents of which will be provided by IEC.

5.6 Password Policy

1) IEC’s Password policy shall be implemented in all systems and Password characters shall be hidden

or stared during typing.

2) Password characters shall be hidden or stared during typing

5.7 Authorization & Separation of Privileges

1) Operating System Administrative users shall have the authority to assign and define the different

classes of users and their default class for login.

2) Permissions to the system will be based on the ‘least privileged’ and ‘Need to know’ concepts,

including for accounts used for services or application purposes.

6. Contractor’s Maintenance

1) Remote maintenance connectivity, for the contractor, shall be approved first by the IEC’s regulator.

2) The maintenance connectivity mechanism shall be implemented by IEC.

7. Monitoring, Indication & Control

1) The system shall support Monitoring, Indication & Control mechanism according IEC policy.

2) IEC will work with the contractor to document and analyze the process for determining “normal”

network traffic, including all heartbeat signals.

3) Event logs shall be created on all components (Applications, Operating Systems, Network Devices

and Security Devices etc.)

4) A centralized IEC's SIEM system shall monitor all components, devices, servers and workstations in

the infrastructure. The monitoring shall be in active or passive mode according to IEC requirements.

B - 123

Page 125: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 9 of 10

8. Application Security

8.1 General

1) The system code development shall be according IEC policy and international standards.

8.2 Free of “Electronic Self-Help” Enabled Software

1) The contractor must state that any software proposed does not contain embedded faults or back-

door mechanisms that could allow the contractor, or any other party, to remotely disable some or all

of the functions of the software, to affect their performance, or in any way to degrade its operation

(so-called “electronic self-help” in the terms of the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act).

2) The software shall not contain any mechanism that automatically disables some or all of its functions

or degrades their operation on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a specific event.

8.3 Obligation for Notification of Security Vulnerabilities in Contractor-

Provided Software

1) The contractor shall inform IEC in a secure manner the discovery of an error in or a property of any

software resident on the system that makes the system vulnerable to cyber-intrusion.

2) The contractor shall have a patch management and update process.

3) The contractor shall provide details on their patch management and update process during project

implementation shortly after Contract award.

4) Post-contract award, Contractor shall provide notification of known vulnerabilities affecting

Contractor-supplied or required OS, application, and third-party software within the 48-hour period

after public disclosure.

5) Post-contract award, Contractor shall provide notification of patch(s) affecting security as identified

in the patch management process.

6) The contractor shall apply, test, and validate the appropriate updates and/or workarounds on a

baseline reference system before distribution.

7) The contractor shall diligently work to correct the error or modify the property to close the

vulnerability, and shall make the correction fully tested and available to IEC at no cost and must be

corrected to IEC’s satisfaction.

8) This obligation for notification and the closure of security-related vulnerabilities shall remain during

warranty and as long as a Service Agreement is in place.

9) After warranty, but without a Service Agreement, Contractor shall notify IEC of security-related

vulnerabilities.

10) Closure of security-related vulnerabilities in the absence of a Service Agreement will be handled on

an individual contract basis.

11) The contractor shall provide IEC with a process to submit problem reports to be included in the

system security process.

12) Submitted reports shall be reviewed and an initial action plan generated within 48 hours of submittal.

B - 124

Page 126: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Customers Division Cyber Security Department

Page 10 of 10

13) The contractor shall protect problem reports of a security nature from public disclosure and when

notifying other customers shall not release any information to indicate that IEC identified the

problem.

14) The contractor shall verify and provide documentation that all services are patched to current status.

9. System Test

1) Cyber vulnerability assessment and penetration test shall be performed on FAT and SAT according to

IEC policy.

B - 125

Page 127: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

WBS

1

1.1 INTRODUCTION

1.1.1

1.1.1.1

The supplier declares, in appendix A, that he adheres to the requirements

included in this document .Please attaché here a general statement regarding

your ability to meet the security requirements includes in this ducument

1.1.1.2

I.E.Co. representatives will conduct a survey with satisfactory results at supplier

premises prior to project kickoff or during other early stage, in coordination with

the supplier security entities.

1.1.2

1.1.3

REQUIRED

Attach file

SECURITY OF PROJECT PERFORMED BY VENDOR ABROAD

COMMENTSREQUIRED

PROJECT SYSTEM SECURITY STANDARD SPECIFICATION

Information' - This document regards information as any data and/or technical material and/or personal and/or technological and/or commercial

of I.E.Co. and/or its affiliates; including that handed to I.E.Co. by third party, as long as it hasn't become public according to I.E.Co. permission;

and any data pertaining I.E.Co. business or its customers' business, given to the supplier and/or to supplier employees and/or became their

possession during their work, by heart, in writing, in electronic media or any other way, including any product, idea, plan or document. Any

technological and managerial information in the project are included in the above 'information' definition.

OFFERED

This document sets security requirements the purpose of which is to ensure the proper management of security in development or upgrade of a

project for I.E.Co. (henceforth: the requirements). The body performing this development/upgrade will be called henceforth: the supplier.

Compliance of supplier to the requirements set forth in this document will be accomplished when:

Yes/No

The security requirements are as follows:

B - 126

Page 128: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

2 SUPPLIER STRUCTURE, POLICY AND PROCEDURES

2.1

The supplier shall present security policy or alternatively shall refer specifically, in

its quality control policy, that refer to the paragraph requirements. Please attaché

here a security policy or quality control policy.

2.1.1 Managing the protection of I.E.Co. hardware and software assets,

2.1.1.1 Supplier organizational structure which supports the security issue;

2.1.1.2The commitment of supplier management to fulfill the requirements of this

document.

2.2 The supplier is required to nominate a manager to the project security.

2.3Supplier shall present procedures supporting the implementation of the

requirements included in this document. Please attaché here the procedures

2.4

Supplier shall present an appropriate organizational structure which supports the

above procedures (par. 2.2) and their enforcement on its employees and third

party/affiliates; including presentment of evidential documents such as minutes-

of-meetings, verification of training etc.) Please attaché here the organizational

structure and the job function..

2.5

Supplier shall prepare a security plan for the project. The plan shall include

implementation of the requirements in this document and detailed reference

regarding the following subjects: risk management and vulnerability scans and

their remedies/treatment; prohibiting access to the project information including

industrial espionage; and possible advanced security measures exercised by

supplier in the project.

All the requirements included in this document apply to any place in which the

project or part of it is performed, including third parties.

The security plan shall be handed to I.E.Co. for approval prior to project design

and shall be a pre-requisite to project development.Please attaché here a

security plan for the project.

3 PROJECT SECURITY IMPLEMENTATION

3.1

I.E.Co. representative will supervise the implementation of project security

throughout its phases, beginning with design, development, through factory

erection, FAT, till disassembly for shipping, packing and marking for delivery

(henceforth: project period). The supplier shall be responsible for the integrity

and completeness of the system throughout the transportation from supplier

premises to I.E.Co. project site.

3.2

I.E.Co. representative will install and operate logical security tools on the project

system, in collaboration with the supplier, including hardening. As an extra

security measure, I.E.Co. representative may be granted full control on the

security tools in the project system.

3.3The supplier agrees to accept the directives of I.E.Co. representative per par. 3.2

above throughout the project period.

3.4

In collaboration with supplier, I.E.Co. representative will be entitled to conduct

inspections, for the purpose of reviewing the implementation of the security

requirement at the supplier premises. Supplier shall cooperate and grant the

needed assistance in fulfillment of this audit.

3.5

In the framework of security activity, I.E.Co. representative will be allowed, with

prior supplier consent, to copy the project system portable media (such as hard

disks) for further security checks and/or to install security tools intended to

register/capture the project configuration for future verification and vulnerability

analysis.

4 PHSICAL SECURITY

4.1

Supplier shall allocate a separate secured and controlled physical working

environment for the project (henceforth: the secured area). All the elements of

the project, including all scope of delivery and project ancillary equipment in

supplier premises, such as test equipment, must reside in the secured area

throughout the project period, including the stages of packing and storing for

dispatch.

4.2The secured area walls shall be rigid construction. The secured area shall have

four walls, ceiling and floor. Please attaché here the secured area drawing.

4.3

The entrance doors to the secured area shall be metal made and equipped with

electromagnetic locks. The locks shall be approved beforehand in writing by

I.E.Co.. The entrance to the secured area shall be controlled according to the

following conditions:

4.3.1

Identification via biometric or encrypted proximity card, in a reputed standard

approved by I.E.Co. beforehand. Please attaché here a general description of

your access control system.

4.3.2

The entrance control shall be in the supplier internal network and shall not be

connected to any external network or Internet. Please attaché here a general

description/ drawing of your internal network.

4.3.3

Entitlement to give entrance permits shall be granted only to a supplier employee,

whom I.E.Co. will approve beforehand. The supplier shall prepare a procedure

for entrance permits, which will include a process for granting reasonable permits

to authorized personnel. Please attaché here a general description for your

entrance permits procedures including new permits and the termination of void

permits.

REQUIRED OFFERED

Yes/No

OFFERED

Attach file

Yes/No

Attach file

Attach file

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Attach file

Attach file

Yes/No

OFFERED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

REQUIRED

REQUIRED

Attach file

Yes/No

B - 127

Page 129: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

4.3.4

The entrance control system shall enable entry of authorized personnel only. It

shall alarm on unauthorized access attempts, on attempts to neutralize the

control system, and any illegal attempt to enter the secured area through its

doors.

4.3.5The entrance control system shall alarm on 'bothered' door whenever the

secured area door is left open for a period longer than one minute.

4.3.6The entrance control system shall provide reports and facilitate forensic features

namely. full interrogation of events at least ninety days back.

4.4 The secured area shall not be identified as an I.E.Co. project.

4.5

CCTV cameras shall be installed in the secured area to cover the whole area.

The cameras shall photo and record 24 hours. The records shall be stored and

available for at least 90 days back. The recording computer and records shall

reside in a place which may be accessed by security personnel only Please

attaché here a general description for your CCTV permits procedures and a

drawing of your CCTV location regarding the secured area .

4.6

Physical intrusion detection system shall be installed in the secured area. It shall

cover the whole area and all apertures. The intrusion detection system shall

adhere to reputed standards; include local horn; and connection to security

center as per par.4.7. The intrusion detection system shall include at least two

communication channels (cellular and wire) which enable messaging

alarms/faults. The intrusion detection system center/concentrator shall reside in

a place which may be accessed by security personnel only. Please attaché here

a general description for your physical intrusion detection system permits

procedures and a drawing of your physical intrusion detection system location

regarding the secured area

4.7

The entrance control system, the intrusion detection system and the CCTV shall

be connected to security center which is active around the clock. The security

center shall be able to send a force which will reach the secured area within

maximum period of 10 minutes from receipt of alarm or other security message.

4.8

I.E.Co. will be authorized to watch, under prior coordination with supplier, the

information depicted above, on the security systems - in order to examine

security events.

4.9

The supplier undertakes to inform I.E.Co. of any intrusion to its premises even

though nothing has been stolen, immediately upon occurrence. The supplier

shall be responsible to inform I.E.Co. security entities via I.E.Co. central security;

available 24 hours including weekends and holydays, on phone number

97235678045 (multi-line). Example events are: theft of data/information,

intrusion, lost of laptop/external memory etc.

5 SUPPLIER EMPLOYEES

5.1Supplier shall manage records on employees who are involved in any stage of an

I.E.Co. project.

5.2

Supplier shall submit to I.E.Co. the records of every employee designated to

work on I.E.Co. critical project – for a security compliance check, to be performed

by I.E.Co. prior to any access of the worker to any stage of the project. The

supplier shall not employ anyone on the I.E.Co. project at its premises or at

subcontractor/third party premises, unless I.E.Co. has given in writing its approval.

5.3

The supplier undertakes to inform I.E.Co. promptly of any change in the status of

any employee (including third party/subcontractor) who is working on any stage of

an I.E.Co. project. Examples are: criminal conduct, termination of employment,

prolonged private staying abroad without reasonable cause etc.

5.4

The supplier shall submit a copy of the records to I.E.Co. prior to employment of

the person on I.E.Co. project. It is emphasized that a person shall not be allowed

to work or enter the secured area unless prior written consent from I.E.Co..

5.5

The supplier undertakes to monitor the permits and privileges of its employees in

a manner which grants access to the secured area and/or to I.E.Co. information

and/or to handling I.E.Co. project items – only to authorized personnel. In this

context the supplier undertakes to promptly remove the permits and privileges of

any person who ceased for any reason to work on any stage of I.E.Co. project.

5.6The supplier undertakes to sign up each and every authorized worker on the Non

Disclosure Agreement (NDA), appendix 2 of this document.

6 HANDLING I.E.Co. DATA

6.1

A dedicated and secured hard disk shall be allocated by supplier to I.E.Co.

project data. The network on which this data resides shall meet the following

requirements: Please attaché here a general description/ drawing of your

internal network

6.1.1 Disconnected from Internet

OFFERED

OFFERED

REQUIRED

REQUIRED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Attach file

Yes/No

B - 128

Page 130: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

6.1.2

Identification to access the data shall be done via complex password with at least

six characters comprising special character and alphanumeric. Password

change shall be enforced once every ninety days. Last six passwords shall not

be allowed. Access shall be locked upon three erroneous trials.

6.1.3The supplier shall monitor for authorized access to I.E.Co. data, and proper audit

trail and logging of this activity.

6.1.4 The supplier shall record and audit all data retrievals.

6.1.5

The supplier shall backup I.E.Co. data and verify that the backup files are

separated from the general premises backup system – namely, I.E.Co. backup

shall be done in a secured network. Please attaché here a general description/

drawing of your backup system network segmentation

6.2 Access to I.E.Co. data shall be granted only to security authorized persons.

6.3Access rights to I.E.Co. data shall be periodically verified (at least once a month).

This activity shall be recorded.

6.4

The supplier shall manage, and present upon request, records of all I.E.Co. data

owned at its premises – including data/information developed by supplier for

I.E.Co.; including physical and electronic/computerized.The records shall also

include dates of receipt and dates of handling.

6.5

Security of records – The supplier shall centrally manage I.E.Co. data, which is

stored on I.E.Co. physical items/entities, at the secured area or at other secured

area conforming to the above security requirements. Regarding this clause, data

is any material pertaining I.E.Co. and the services given by supplier to I.E.Co.

critical systems, which is stored at supplier premises or at subcontractors / third

parties. The supplier shall store the data in locked metal cabinets or vaults.

Access to the stored data physical location shall be granted only to I.E.Co. and

supplier authorized personnel.Please attaché here a general description.

6.6

Cleaning of the secured area shall be done only in the presence of authorized

personnel. The entry and/or work of visitors, maintenance personnel, cleaners

etc. to the secured area shall be personally accompanied by supplier

employee(s) throughout their presence in the secured area.

6.7The door of the office/place in which the cabinet/vault is located shall be locked

upon leaving of the last authorized person.

6.8Duplication and coping of the material shall be done only by authorized person.

Surplus copies shall be promptly discarded via shredding.

6.9

The supplier shall not forward I.E.Co. information to third party unless given in

advance written consent from I.E.Co.. The information shall be transferred in

encrypted manner.

6.10

If I.E.Co. classified information/data needs to be processed on an external

computing machine such as a laptop (henceforth: laptop), the following directives

shall apply: Please attaché here a general description of your security policy

regarding this issue.

6.10.1The laptop shall be connected only to the secured network of the supplier per

par. 6.1

6.10.2

The laptop shall not be connected to any other network, including wireless. This

directive shall be enforced by physical and logical disconnection of the

connection capability.

6.10.3Supplier shall enforce its security policy, including antivirus updates, on these

laptops.

6.10.4

The hard disc of the laptop and any other device which storing I.E.Co. classified

material, shall be encrypted. The encryption tool shall be approved in advance

by I.E.Co. security bodies.

6.10.5Laptops shall not be left unattended in a parking car or other vehicle, including

trunk /luggage compartment.

6.10.6I.E.Co. data shall not be allowed to be taken to workers residence via laptop or

any other mean.

7 PROTECTION OF THE PROJECT COMPUTERIZED ITEMS

7.1

The project shall be developed in an isolated network (henceforth: the secured

network). The secured network shall not be connected to internet or any external

network. The data may be stored on the secured network. The Manufacturer

may offer alternatives to this chapter that will protect I.E. Co.'s information at

Manufacturer's network. The I.E.Co. will not undertake to approve/commit this

alternative Please attaché here a general description/ drawing of your network

7.2

The secured network configuration shall be planned in advance with I.E.Co.

collaboration. The command and control on the secured network components

shall be solely in the hands of the supplier, not by any third party.

OFFERED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

REQUIRED

Yes/No

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

B - 129

Page 131: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

7.3The secured network configuration shall be preserved throughout the project.

Any configuration change shall have prior written I.E.Co. approval.

7.4

The supplier shall monitor and control the secured network and its configuration

continuously. As a minimum the supplier shall control the users, password policy

– change, complexity, configuration of security devices, updated antivirus,

communication security and prevention of attempt to connect unauthorized

devices. The supplier shall own documented procedures for this activity.

7.5

The test equipment used during all phases of the project shall conform to the

following requirements: Please attaché here a general description/ drawing of

your network

7.5.1The test equipment shall be connected to the secured network only, and comply

the secured network requirements.

7.5.2

In case the test equipment had been used in other projects, the supplier shall fully

reset the equipment, uninstall and erase all tools and files which where used by

the previous projects, perform antivirus check, neutralize all access from external

devices, perform hardening according to joint I.E.Co.-supplier procedures; and

prevent execution of any files which are not legal part of I.E.Co. project.

7.6

On any security event in the secured network such as intrusion, virus,

unidentified device or any exception from the network routine activity/behavior –

the supplier undertakes to promptly inform I.E.Co. security bodies, via I.E.Co.

security report center; the availability of which is 24 hours, including weekends

and holidays, phone number 972768642555 (multi line), Email

[email protected]. The message must be by phone and the mail should

serve as a backup only.

8 TERMINATION OF PROJECT AT THE FACILITY, PACKING AND DELIVERY

8.1Upon termination of the project at supplier premises the following actions shall be

performed, in the presence and with supervision of I.E.Co. representative:

8.2 Disassembly of project items and preparation to delivery.

8.3

I.E.Co. representative shall put a unique sticker on each case (namely items

which unite to a case such as PC, controller etc.). The sticker will be supplied by

I.E.Co. security department. The sticker shall be placed in a manner which

disables the opening of the case from any side unless damaging the sticker.

8.4 The delivery list shall indicate every device which had been marked with a sticker.

8.5During the entire packing and delivery phases the project equipment shall be

placed in the secured area.

8.6

Upon receipt of delivery in Israel, the cases shall be opened in the presence of

I.E.Co. representative, and all listed stickers shall be checked for integrity. In

case any of the above requirements is violated, an immediate notification to

I.E.Co. security center shall be made.

8.7

Supplier shall return to I.E.Co. all the information stored at its premises regarding

I.E.Co. project, except for technical documentation which has been decided by

I.E.Co. and supplier to remain in the hands of the supplier for maintenance. All

security requirements shall apply regarding this information as long as it is being

held at supplier premises, even though the project period is over.

9 CORRESPONDENCE AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION

9.1

All correspondence between I.E.Co. and the supplier regarding the critical

system, such as operation, maintenance, configuration, reports etc; and

particularly configurations of security measures – shall be done via encrypted

media. The encryption of the media shall be done by reputed standard and

proven technology which conforms to the networking/communication and security

infrastructure at I.E.Co.. General guidelines for this issue are: data encryption,

authentication of data source, integrity of data, ratification upon receipt and

sending of data Please attaché here a general description/ drawing of your

solution.

9.2Validity – these requirements shall be valid for all phases of the contract,

beginning with kickoff, through installations and operation.

10 SUPPLIER EMPLOYEE CONDUCT AT I.E.Co. SITES

10.2Supplier personnel shall coordinate all site visits with the power plant personnel

and will be escorted during their visits.

10.3 Connecting portable computers to the system

10.3.1Supplier support personnel shall comply with I.E.Co. site's general policy and

rules of data security.

10.3.2

Any requirement for the connection of an external computer to the system shall

be previously coordinated with the I.E.Co. site data security manager and the

system manager.

OFFERED

OFFERED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

OFFERED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Attach file

Yes/No

Yes/No

REQUIRED

REQUIRED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

REQUIRED

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

B - 130

Page 132: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

10.3.3

The external computer shall have an updated version of security safeguard

programs for online protection, detection, cleaning and logging of executed

actions to protect from viruses, vandals, worms etc.

10.3.4

Prior to the connection of the external computer to the system, supplier personnel

shall hand-in the computer to the data security manager in the power plant for

thorough checkup of the computer. Only after this checkup is completed, may

the external computer be connected to the system.

10.3.5

If after the checkup, the external computer has been exposed to external data

(other than the System's network, internet, external data transfer such as via Disk

On-Key etc.), the computer shall be handed-in again to the data security

manager in The power plant for checkup of the newly added files.

Yes/No

Yes/No

Yes/No

B - 131

Page 133: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Report of Sound Pressure Level Measurement and Sound Power Calculation

Table No. 1: The Spatially Averaged Sound Pressure Level measured at a distance of 2.0 meter

Frequency range 16÷10,000Hz The cooling system operated

Equ

ipm

ent

Op

erat

ion

Transformer operating conditions

Energized at :

- Rated voltage - No load - Rated freq.

Energized at :

- Impedance voltage - Rated current - Rated freq.

Not energized

Tap position

Sp

atia

lly a

ve

rage

d s

oun

d p

ressu

re le

ve

ls a

t 1/3

octa

ve

ban

d f

req

ue

ncy (

dB

)

16

25

31.5

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

316

400

500

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3150

4000

5000

6300

8000

10000

Overall spatially averaged A weighted sound pressure Level, dBA

B - 132

Page 134: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Table No. 2: The Spatially Averaged Sound Pressure Level measured at a distance of 1.0 meter

Frequency range 16÷10,000Hz The cooling system not operated

Equ

ipm

ent

Op

erat

ion

Transformer operating conditions

Energized at :

- Rated voltage - No load - Rated freq.

Energized at :

- Impedance voltage - Rated current - Rated freq.

Tap position

Sp

atia

lly a

ve

rage

d s

oun

d p

ressu

re le

ve

ls a

t 1/3

octa

ve

ban

d f

req

ue

ncy (

dB

)

16

25

31.5

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

316

400

500

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3150

4000

5000

6300

8000

10000

Overall spatially averaged A weighted sound pressure Level, dBA

B - 133

Page 135: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Table No. 3: The Calculated Sound Power Level: - Frequency range 16÷10,000Hz - The cooling system operated/not operated

Equ

ipm

ent

Op

erat

ion

Transformer operating conditions

Energized at :

- Rated voltage - No load - Rated freq.

Energized at :

- Impedance voltage - Rated current - Rated freq.

Energized at :

- Rated voltage - Rated current - Rated freq.

Not energized

Cooling system

operated Not

operated operated

Not operated

operated Not

operated operated

Tap position

So

und

po

wer

leve

ls a

t 1

/3 o

cta

ve

ba

nd

fre

qu

en

cy (

dB

)

16

25

31.5

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

316

400

500

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3150

4000

5000

6300

8000

10000

Overall A weighted Sound Power Level, dBA

B - 134

Page 136: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

CONTRACTOR’S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

When during testing it is shown that the losses exceed the guaranteed level plus

tolerances on the principal, minimum and maximum taps as stated in this

Specification, the Contractor shall pay the I.E.Co. liquidated damages as follows:

1. For each transformer unit that the losses exceed the guaranteed level plus

tolerances on the principal, minimum and maximum taps, the Contractor shall

pay for each kW of losses in excess of the declared values (subcl. 10.3.27) ,

without tolerances, liquidated damages as prescribed hereunder:

1.1. No-load losses - US$ 6050

1.2. Short-circuit losses - US$ 1850

1.3. Auxiliary power - US$ 2800

The liquidated damages are a genuine estimate of the direct damages foreseen

and are not to be regarded as penalty. They shall be calculated separately for

each type of losses indicated above and shall be cumulative.

2. For each type of transformer delivered according to this Specification the

average tolerances of no-load and short-circuit losses shall not exceed zero.

For each one percent which the average tolerance exceeds the guaranteed

value the Contractor will pay the I.E.Co. a compensation of one percent of the

Contract value.

The reference temperature for the losses considered in the calculation of the

above indicated damages shall be the standard reference temperature.

The calculation of exceeded losses will be performed separately for each type of

transformer and separately for no-load and short-circuit losses as well as for the

losses on the principal, minimum and maximum transformer taps.

1/1

B - 135

Page 137: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd.

PROCEDURE

FOR

HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCES

B - 136

Page 138: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

It is the obligation of the Contactor to inform Israel Electric Corp. Ltd. (I.E.Co.)

about any deviation from the contract technical specifications, which occurs on

any action/item of the contract realization, such as design, raw materials,

manufacturing testing and inspection and so on. The deviations will be classified

into the following three (3) non conformance levels:

1. NON CONFORMANCE LEVELS

1.1. Non conformance (NC) of Level 1:

1.1.1. NC which do not affect the compliance to the contract technical

specifications and the contract value.

1.1.2. NC which leads to slight modification into the contract technical

specifications, but has certainly no effects on performance, neither on

the short term nor on the long term, as well as not on the contract value.

1.2. Non-conformance of Level 2:

1.2.1. NC which do not affect the contract value but leads to

modification of one or more the contract technical specifications, which

has slight effects on secondary performances.

1.2.2. Scrapping parts with influence on the delivery time.

1.3. Non-conformance of Level 3:

1.3.1. Any other NC which is not included in the previous levels (For

instance such a NC which can affect even uncertainly mandatory

requirement or contract value).

B - 137

Page 139: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

2. HANDLING OF NON CONFORMANCE

Contractor reporting duty according to each non conformance levels below:

2.1. Level 1: No duty of notification.

2.2. Level 2: Duty of notification.

Within one (1) week the Non Conformity Report will be

delivered to I.E.Co. Project Manager.

A Corrective Action (CA) Report is required, including the

influence on time schedule, or other relevant contract issue, if

any.

I.E.Co. has the right to send their remarks to the reports,

including discuss the NC level classification.

2.3. Level 3: Duty of notification and approval by IECo necessary.

1. The Contactor shall stop the manufacturing immediately.

2. The Contactor will deliver a NC Report to I.E.Co. Project

Manager within one (1) week.

3. When the disposition is to repair a detailed repair

procedure must be presented to I.E.Co for approval

immediately upon its issuing including a CA.

4. I.E.Co. will send its approval or rejection for the

disposition within one (1) week. Any and only

supplementary day will not be accounted as contactor

delay.

5. Only after I.E.Co.’s approval the Contractor can resume

manufacturing.

6. The NC equipment may be rejected in case of unsuitable

implementation of the repair procedure and/or the CA

taken.

7. Successful completion of the repair procedure and the

CA should be reported to I.E.Co.

B - 138

Page 140: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 139

Page 141: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

1. Winding Design

Arrangement of Windings

Type of Winding (layered , continuous Disc, etc.)

Conductor configuration in each winding including conductor size and

insulation thickness

Regulating Winding location, design construction and tap lead exits

Leakage flux considerations

Fiber optics Temperature Probe location and calculations

2. Insulation design

Shielding in Winding

Clearances

Dielectric strength versus design margins

3. Short Circuit Design

Calculated stresses in windings compared to maximum design allowed

stresses

Calculated forces on members

Winding processing and compression during drying operations and final

clamping

4. Transient Voltage Distribution

Impulse

Switching

5. Core Design

Geometry, step lap, etc.

Induction level

Cooling ducts

Material

Core grounding

Leakage flux heating

6. Load Tap Changer

Voltage per step

Current per step

BIL

B - 140

Page 142: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

Contact life and maintenance requirements

Lead clearances And routing outside of winding

Tap changer must be operated at less than 80% of its current rating to

extend maintenance interval requirements

7. Cooling

Calculated winding and oil rises

Hot spot rises in each winding

Oil flow

Tap leads

Overload calculations

8. Tank Design and Oil Preservation System

Welding procedure

Gasket design

Radiator bank supports

Shielding

Core & Coil support

Access to equipment for maintenance, i.e. Bushings, core ground , cts

Valves

9. Test Program

functional test of all control circuits in factory to verify wiring

10. Preparation for Shipment, Field Installation and Field Processing

11. General Arrangement Drawing and Wiring Schematics Drawings

B - 141

Page 143: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 142

Page 144: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

1

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

DOCUMENT: Electrical Standard Specification .

SUBJECT: Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. -

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

B - 143

Page 145: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

פרויקט:

CONTROL CUBICLES - ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTSנושא:

סוג מסמך:

עקרון תכנון תזכיר תכנוני

מפרט נייר עמדה

חישובים

שימת מחשבר תקן / נוהל

02 01 - הוצאה מס' ??? לא נשלח 09/2004 תאריך:

חתימה שם חתימה שם חתימה שם ר. ושלר הכין א. רוזנברג בדק

ג. סנטו תואם תואם מ. זיידמן תואם א. פינץ תואם ד"ר ל. אלצ'ה אישר

אישרר הפצה אל ה"ה:

שם

שם שם שם

לידיעתך לידיעתך לידיעתך לידיעתך

X א. כהנא X ב. ציטרינל X ג. רגף X ל. אלצ'ה

X מ. אלקלעי X ל. ברגר X א. כהן X א. רוזנברג

X ג. סנטו X ז. קאופמן X ג. שטיינברג X א. פינץ

X מאירי. ב X י. סיליקי X ל. וורטמן X מ. זיידמן

X ש. אופק X י. שרושי X ד. אליעזר X ר. ושלר

X ה. לנדאו X רובינשטייןא. X ר. קליין X א. פינרו

X שחף .א X ד. פרץ X ב. זוניס X נ. קרידרמן

X תיק X י. סוסקין X א. פישמן X ל. פלינר

X א. לזר X מ. דוידוב X ס. הראל

X א. אלכסנדרוב X ג. גראוס X א. דימיטריו

חברת החשמל לישראל בע"מ חטיבת פרויקטים הנדסיים

אגף תכנון הנדסי החשמליהמגזר

מספר המסמך:

The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd.

Engineering Projects Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector

מספר הנוהל:EPD-A.03

הוצאה:01

דף:2

מתוך:13

B - 144

Page 146: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

3

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

CONTENT: PAGE

1. GENERAL 4

2. WIRING MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS 4

3. TERMINAL BLOCKS 6

4. ARRANGEMENT OF WIRING 8

5. TERMINATIONS 10

6. MISCELLANEOUS 11

7. WIRING TESTS 12

8. APPENDIX 1 – INTERNAL WIRING COLOR CODING 13

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of: Page: Control Cubicles – STANDARD No. B - 145

Page 147: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

13 4 Electrical Wiring Requirements. EPD-A.03

1. GENERAL.

1.1 This standard applies in the implementation of control , protection ,

supervisory, instrumentation and measuring circuits included in

control systems, protection systems, switchgears, MCC's, control

panels and other electrical cubicles of Power Stations and Substations.

1.2 All Control Cubicles shall conform to this Standard Specification ,

except where overruled by specific requirements of the Project

Specification.

1.3 This Standard shall also be read in conjunction with Standard

EPD-5/2002 Rev.F: " CONTROL CUBICLES REQUIREMENTS "

( or EPD –A.05 , to be issued in the future ) .

2. WIRING MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS.

2.1 WIRING MATERIALS.

2.1.1 The Israeli or European manufacturers shall use stranded copper

conductors having halogen free insulation.

The wire shall be type HO7Z-K for 750V rated voltage, according

to Standards CENELEC HD 22.1 and HD 22.9.

2.1.2 The American manufacturers shall use stranded copper switchboard

wire , 90ºC maximum operating temperature Heat – Resistant SIS

Insulation , according to National Electrical Code ( NFPA 70-1996 ) ,

table 310-13 , having 600V rated insulation .

2.1.3 Connections between fixed and hinged panels shall be made with stranded

( extra-flexible) switchboard wire , having the same insulation as specified

above .

2.2 CONTROL WIRING SIZE .

2.2.1 For control circuits having a control voltage of 220 VDC or

230 VAC , wires sized 1.5 sq.mm ( No. 16 AWG ) shall be used . 2.2.2 For control and supervisory circuits in which the current is less than

0.2 A , wires sized 1.0 sq.mm ( No. 18 AWG ), shall be used .

2.2.3 For control and supervisory circuits of European manufactured

Control Systems (DCS) , in which the current is less than 0.2 A ,

wires sized 0.5 sq.mm ( No. 20 AWG ) can be used.

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

HOLD

B - 146

Page 148: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

5

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

2.3 POWER WIRING SIZE .

2.3.1 This standard refers to the following power circuits :

a. Primary and secondary connections of control transformers.

b. Incoming power circuits .

2.3.2 The wiring of the above devices shall be made with similar wires

as defined in paragraph 2.1 .

The size of the wire shall be correlated with the control transformer primary and secondary currents , with the incoming power circuits

currents and with the circuit protection .

2.4 CURRENT TRANSFORMER WIRING SIZE. Current Transformer Circuits wiring shall be made with similar wires

as defined in paragraph 2.1.

The minimum wire size shall be 2.5 sq.mm ( No. 14AWG ).

2.5 INSTRUMENT WIRING SIZING ( Low Level Signal Wiring ) .

2.5.1 Shielded instrumentation cable shall be used on all low level

signal

wiring .

Unless otherwise specified in the Project Specification , the

Contractor shall use twisted-pair No. 18 AWG , Class B stranded-

tinned copper-wire , with minimum use 300V insulation over each

conductor, aluminized mylar tape ( with stranded-tinned copper

drain wire ) over both conductors , and an overall jacket . 2.5.2 If apparatus cannot accept conductors of sizes specified above , than the maximum size of conductors accepted by these apparatus

can be used . 2.5.3 For Low Level Signal Wiring of European manufactured Control

Systems (DCS) , shielded wires sized 0.5 sq.mm ( No. 20 AWG ),

similar to those used for control wiring can be used , according to

the manufacturer standard .

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

B - 147

Page 149: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

6

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

3. TERMINAL BLOCKS .

3.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ISRAELI OR EUROPEAN

MANUFACTURERS .

3.1.1 The terminals shall comply with IEC 60947-7-1 , July 2002

Standard .

3.1.2 Type of terminals: screw type terminals .

3.1.3 The housing shall be made of thermosetting or thermoplastic

materials having the following characteristics :

a. Tracking resistance …….. CTI : 600

b. Continuous service temperature ……. 100 ºC

c. Inflammability class………………… UL94-VO

d. Halogen and asbestos free

e. Good tropical and termite resistance

f. Contamination class ………………… 3

3.1.4 The metal parts ( clamping parts and current carrying parts ) shall

be made of copper alloy to eliminate corrosion .

The screw clamping method shall be vibration resistant . 3.1.5 Mounting rail ……………………………… TS 32

3.1.6 Rated Voltage ……………………………… 800 V

3.1.7 Approved terminal blocks Manufacturers : Phoenix or Wiedmuller , as follows :

Phoenix Weidmuller a. Control and Instrumentation wiring

up to 1.5 sq.mm ( No. 16 AWG ) … UK 2.5 N WDU 2.5 N

b. Control and Power wiring

up to 6.0 sq.mm ( No. 10 AWG )…. UK 6N WDU 6N

c. Power wiring

Up to 10 sq.mm ( No. 4 AWG ) …. UK 16N WDU 16N

d. Current transformer circuits * ……. UGSK/S WTQ 6/1

* : Three ( 3 ) terminals shall be used for each current transformer.

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

B - 148

Page 150: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

7

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

3.1.8 The insulation material of terminal blocks shall not be adversely

affected by abnormal heat and fire .

Compliance to this requirement shall be checked by the needle flame

test , according to Standard IEC 60695-2-2 .

3.1.9 Performance Requirements .

3.1.9.1 Temperature Rise .

The terminal blocks shall be tested in accordance with Standard

IEC 60947-1-1 , item 8.4.5 . The temperature rise of terminals shall not exceed 45ºC .

3.1.9.2 Rated Short-time Withstand Capability . The terminal blocks shall be capable of withstanding for 1 sec. the

rated short-time withstanding current which corresponds to

120A/mm² of its rated cross-section , according to Standard

IEC 60947-1-1 ,item 8.4.6.

3.1.10 For European manufactured equipment Maxi-Termi-Point

terminals , according to DIN/VDE 0815 Standard can be used .

3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR AMERICAN MANUFACTURERS .

3.2.1 The terminals shall comply with the NEMA Standard Publication

No. ICS 4 /2000 and shall be UL approved .

3.2.2 Molded thermoset phenolic base – rated 150°C .

3.2.3 Suitable for connection of copper conductors .

3.2.4 Washer head screw contacts .

3.2.5 The metal parts ( clamping parts and current carrying parts ) shall

be made of copper alloy to eliminate corrosion .

3.2.6 Rated insulation voltage :

-- For control and instrumentation circuits less than 120V :

Ui = 300 V

-- For control and instrumentation circuits above120V :

Ui = 600 V

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

B - 149

Page 151: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

Of:

13

Page:

8

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

3.2.7 The following terminal blocks are accepted : a. For control circuits 120 V and above :

Series 1500 or Series 1600 , Marathon Special Products

Co. ,or Catalogue No. 2B112 Buchanan . b. For control circuits less than 120 V and instrumentation :

Series 300 Marathon Special Products Co. , or Type

CR151B – General Electric .

4. ARRANGEMENT OF WIRING .

4.1 Wire and wire groups extending from terminal blocks to instruments or

devices on cubicles , or from one cubicle to another , shall be installed

in halogen free ducts or troughs and packed in neatly formed bundles

securely clamped or tied together and supported from the cubicle

framework. Plastic cable ties ( Halogen free or EPR ) shall be used to bundle wires

outside of ducts or troughs .

No more than 30 wires shall be bundled together in wire hinge loops.

4.2 When wiring is installed in wire ducts or troughs , the edges of the

cut-outs troughs which the wires pass shall be provided with suitable

protection of the insulation from cuts or nicks .

4.3 Shielded instrument cables carrying low level signals shall be in

separate bundles or wire-ways .

4.4 Drain wires and shield tapes shall be fully insulated and terminated at

terminal blocks .

Grounding of shielded wires shall be as defined in the Project

Specification or drawings .

4.5 Wire extensions from wire-ways or bundles to instruments shall be

neatly formed, attached and secured to the cubicles with wire cleats .

Bends in the wiring shall be carefully made in such a manner that the

insulation or cover is not damaged . Care shall be used in removing insulation from the wire , so that the

wire will not be cut or nicked .

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of: Page: Control Cubicles – STANDARD No.

B - 150

Page 152: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

13 9 Electrical Wiring Requirements. EPD-A.03

4.6 All wiring shall be installed exactly as shown on the wiring diagrams .

4.7 The maximum number of conductors connected to any one terminal

point on a terminal block shall be two ( 2 ) .

4.8 Spare contacts from each device ( circuit breaker , auxiliary relay ,

control switch, etc ) shall be wired to terminal blocks , as per specific

Project Specification requirements .

4.9 Both ends of each wire shall be tagged with appropriate plastic

markers.

Mylar wire markers such as Brady Type SLFW or similar as agreed

upon , should be used .

4.10 Internal wiring color coding shall be according to Appendix 1 of this

standard specification .

4.11 The wires marking shall be made as follows :

-- The terminal block end of each wire will be tagged with the

terminal number .

-- The instrument or device end of the wire will be tagged with the

respective instrument or device designation and terminal number ,

according to the wiring diagram .

4.12 All internal wiring of control circuits will preferable be terminated

by the Contractor at the terminal blocks , rather than between

devices within the cubicle . 4.13 All the alarm circuits should be connected to adjacent terminal block

points , to facilitate Purchaser's field wiring . 4.14 In bench-board type control cubicles applications , switches , lights

and other instruments shall be loop wired .

Sufficient wire length shall be included in the loop to permit complete

removal of all connected devices through the face of the bench-board,

to permit maintenance of the device from the front of the cubicle ,

without disconnecting any wires .

4.15 Wiring shall be routed in such a manner that it will not prevent blank

cubicle ( spare ( from being used for the addition of future

equipment.

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of: Page: Control Cubicles – STANDARD No. B - 151

Page 153: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

13 10 Electrical Wiring Requirements. EPD-A.03

5. TERMINATIONS .

5.1 Compression type ( solder-less) lugs or ferrules shall be applied on the

ends of all stranded wires for connection to terminal blocks or to

instruments .

For connection to screw type terminals , isolated fork type terminal

lugs should be used . The lugs should be tin plated to resist corrosion . 5.2 The wire insulation shall be removed for the lug application without

nicking the conductor .

The wire shall be firmly inserted into the lug and crimped with the

specified tool , recommended by the lug manufacturer .

Devices having compression clamps, push-on, etc type terminals will

be wired accordingly .

5.3 All solder and push-on type connections shall have snug fittings

insulated sleeves which cover the entire lug and extend 1/4 inch

( 6mm ) over the insulation .

5.4 Terminal blocks shall be provided for terminating all wiring entering

and leaving the cubicles , except the leads from thermocouples and

other temperature detecting devices , and devices connected with

prefabricated cables , that may be field run directly to the terminals in

the instrument cases .

5.5 Thermocouple extension wire and other solid wire terminations shall

be made without the use of lugs .

5.6 The arrangement of terminal blocks for Purchaser's connections shall

permit convenient cable installation .

Cable supports shall be provided for Purchaser's wiring .

Wiring troughs shall be provided in areas requiring a high density of

such cables .

Routing paths of all such cables shall be shown on Contractor's cubicle

wiring diagrams .

Adhesive-backed wire bundle grips are not accepted for supporting

wire extensions .

5.7 Terminal blocks shall be arranged with terminals in vertical or

horizontal rows .

Terminal blocks shall have each point identified indelibly .

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of:

13

Page:

11

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

B - 152

Page 154: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

One side of the terminal blocks shall be left free for Purchaser's

connections. All jumpers between terminals shall be made on the internal wiring

side .

Terminals associated with individual items of equipment shall be

grouped together for convenient cable connections .

5.8 The terminal blocks shall not be mounted closer than 7 inches

( 180 mm ) from the control cubicle walls and at least 10 inches

( 250 mm ) from the cable entrance .

Central line distance between terminal blocks shall be a minimum

of 8 inches ( 200 mm ) . Where terminal blocks for Purchaser's connections are mounted on

vertical wire-ways , the inside area of said wire-ways shall be reserved

exclusively for Purchaser's incoming cables . 5.9 All incoming power terminals shall be clearly identified in a manner

distinctly different from all other terminations , for safety in

maintenance. It is recommended to group the terminals as follows : 5.9.1 Power

5.9.2 Control AC / DC ( 120 V/ 220 V) 5.9.3 Control DC circuits 24 VDC , 48 VDC , 60 VDC

5.9.4 Instrumentation

5.10 Where bottom cable entry is used , the vertical wire-ways shall be

located over floor openings , to allow Purchaser's cable to have a clear

run directly to the terminal blocks .

6. MISCELLANEOUS . 6.1 If any component is not available at the time of shipment , Contractor

shall provide wooden templates complete with accurate terminal arrangement and all wiring terminated . The plate shall closely resemble the configuration of the missing

component , so that the cubicle wiring can be bundled and identified

for easy substitution of the missing device in field .

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of:

13

Page:

12

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

6.2 Where cubicles are shipped in sections for connecting together in B - 153

Page 155: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

field, the wiring between sections shall be factory made , to be

connected in field .

Identically tagged terminal blocks shall be provided on each side of

the shipping unit .

Jumpers shall be provided for convenient connection in field .

7. WIRING TESTS . 7.1 The wiring shall be capable of withstanding a one (1 ) minute field

test at 1500 VAC , all parts to ground ( except the wiring for electronic equipment ) .

7.2 The factory tests shall demonstrate freedom from grounds and

accuracy of the wiring .

7.3 Point-to-point continuity tests and electrical insulation tests shall be

factory made .

7.4 Megger or other high voltage tests shall not be applied to any coaxial

shielded or solid-state components .

Cancels: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

Of:

13

Page:

13

Control Cubicles –

Electrical Wiring Requirements.

STANDARD No.

EPD-A.03

8. APPENDIX 1 – INTERNAL WIRING COLOR CODING .

B - 154

Page 156: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

The Israel Electric LTD SPECIFICATION SR-98

Engineering Project Group

Engineering Division

Electrical Sector APPENDIX NO. 9

The following color coding is required for the internal wiring of control

cubicles :

8.1 AC CIRCUITS . 8.1.1 Protective earth : Yellow - Green ( mandatory )

8.1.2 Neutral : Blue

8.2 AC POWER CIRCUITS . 8.2.1 One ( 1 ) phase : Brown

8.2.2 Three ( 3 ) phase :

-- Phase L1 : Brown ( preferred ) , or

Brown + L1 marking / sleeve

-- Phase L2 : Brown – Orange ( brown with one orange

strip on the whole wire length -preferred ) ,

or

Brown + L2 marking / sleeve

-- Phase L3 : Brown – Black ( brown with one black strip on the whole wire length- preferred) ,

or

Brown + L3 marking / sleeve

8.3 DC POWER CIRCUITS .

8.3.1 ( + ) : Brown

8.3.2 ( - ) : Blue 8.4 CONTROL CIRCUITS . : Grey ( preferred ) , or Black .

- FINAL -

Cancel: EPD-3/99 Rev.F Rev. 01

Applicable:

09/2004

Date:

09/2004

B - 155

Page 157: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

DRAWINGS

B - 156

Page 158: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

DRAWINGS:

DRAWING No.1 : Provisions for surge arresters - EVK-7339

DRAWING No.2 : Safety support for ladder- EVK-8493

DRAWING No.3 : Safety fencing - EVK-8494

DRAWING No.4 : Foundations and anchoring. General dimensions - EVK-8491

DRAWING No.5 : Transformer wheels - EVK-7342

DRAWING No.6 - Ct's cores designation

DRAWING No.7 - Emptying bottom valve details

B - 157

Page 159: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 158

Page 160: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 159

Page 161: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 160

Page 162: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 161

Page 163: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 162

Page 164: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

EMP

TYIN

G B

OTT

OM

VA

LVE

DET

AIL

SD

ESIG

N

DR

AW

N

CH

ECK

AP

PR

OV

E

Y. C

OH

EN

Dr.

H. B

EN H

AIM

M. C

HA

USH

U

NA

ME

DA

TESI

GN

ATU

RE

SR-1

50

-51

REV

.

1

Y. C

OH

EN1

3/7

/20

17

13

/7/2

01

7

THE

ELEC

TRIC

CO

RP

OR

ATI

ON

LTD

. P

lan

nin

g,

De

ve

lop

me

nt a

nd

Te

ch

no

log

y

Tra

ns

mis

sio

n P

lan

nin

g,

Re

lia

bil

ity

an

d E

qu

ipm

en

t

Sy

ste

m R

elia

bil

ity

& H

.V.

Eq

uip

me

nt

De

pt.

VIE

W A

-A

Tra

nsf

orm

er t

ank

Ø=

20

0 m

m

DN

80

B

A

B `

A

VIE

W B

-B

B - 163

Page 165: SPECIFICATION SR-150 FOR 161/13.8/13.8 kV, 56 ... - iec…. B Tech. SPEC. SR-150.pdf · IEC 60721-3-4/1996: Classification of environmental conditions. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage

B - 164